Home

Chevrolet colbat Offroad Vehicle User Manual

1. United States Canada When the ignition key is turned to RUN or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION Even though the passeng
2. i Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information mode displays Reset Press this button to reset some vehicle information mode displays select a personalization menu mode setting or acknowledge a warning message Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for several seconds then release to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 for more information 3 38 DIC Operation and Displays The DIC comes on when the ignition is on The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons The button functions are detailed in the following Information Modes i Information Press this button to scroll through the following vehicle information modes Outside Air Temperature and Odometer Press the information button until the outside air temperature and the odometer are displayed This mode shows the temperature outside of the vehicle in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C and the total distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km The outside air temperature will appear on the left side of the DIC display and the odometer will appear on the right side of the display To change the DIC display to English or metric units see UNITS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 TRIP A or TRIP B Press the information button until TRIP A
3. eeeeeeeeeee ees Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeeeee eee eees Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear Seat Passengers Safety Belts Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OKSE ea e a A E eeeannce Rearview Mirrors 0ccecececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaenes 10 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 1 4 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeeeee 4 36 Remote Keyless Entry System eeeeeeeeeee es 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 4 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tile ccccrccecarsgccsetisentiecterseeceeuegienieenss 5 76 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 72 Replacement Bulbs cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government seceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 16 General Motors ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeeeenes 7 16 United States Government ceeeeeeeee eee 7 16 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 0 1 66 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash cc addere 1 66 Retained Accessory Power RAP accenn 2 20 Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts 1 22 Roadside Assistance Program cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teens 7 7 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 00 4 31 Ru
4. eeeeeeeeeneeeeeee eens 3 16 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar 2 33 Manual Rearview Mirror ccceeeee eee eeee 2 33 Outside Convex Mirror ccceeeeeeeeeeeee sees 2 34 Outside Manual Mirror ccccceseeeeeeeeeeees 2 33 Outside Power Mirrors ccccceseeeeeeeeeeaes 2 34 Outside Remote Control Mirror 0005 2 33 MyGMLink COM cccceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenees 7 4 New Vehicle Break In ccceceee eee eee eee eneeees 2 17 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Odometer esac site oa deeotsk anser dense Be 3 24 Off Road Recovery eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 13 Oil ENQING serosa anaa en ren A 5 15 Pressure Li RE aars unnan aaa 3 35 Oil Engine Oil Life System cece eee 5 20 Older Children Restraints ccccceceeeeeeeee 1 29 Online Owner Center c ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 7 4 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 35 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment c ecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 Outside CONVEX MIMO oe arrest ante gb 2 34 Manual Mirror ccccccesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 2 33 Power Mirrors cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 2 34 Remote Control Mirror sssssseseeeeeeeereer 2 33 Owner Checks and Services c ccceeeeeeeeeaes 6 8 O
5. 1 59 When Should an Airbag Inflate 00 1 57 Where Are the Airbags eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 54 Antenna Fixed Mast cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 3 81 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 81 Anti Lock Brake System ABS o ae 4 7 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 3 30 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 88 Care of Safety Belts u ssseeeeeeeeerereneee 5 86 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 90 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 05 5 87 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 5 83 Fabric Carpet ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 85 Finish Cale sccsacoetectin thts viet clatienetivelia eset 5 87 Finish DAMAGES a icsdscccccs cd less yen Jenene 5 89 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces ss2sc csis2tenidnerieietecsy diesen 5 86 Leather conrear EA 5 85 Sheet Metal Damage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 89 TNES ce cd added eena aa E AEA EER 5 89 Underbody Maintenance 5 90 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 90 Washing Your Vehicle seeeeeeeeeee eee eees 5 87 Weathersttips 2 cc0 re ende dkr ss canes 5 86 Windshield and Wiper Blades 0000 5 88 Ashtray S sesiness dnetwsredtccn naneo i a AR 3 17 Audio System S career borer 3 48 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 665 3 79 Care of Yo
6. Press the right or the left arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for two seconds until you hear a beep The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning To scan preset stations press and hold either arrow for more than four seconds until you hear two beeps The radio will go to the first preset station stored on the pushbuttons play for a few seconds then go on to the next preset station Press either arrow again to stop scanning presets The radio will only seek and scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM six XM1 and six XM2 if equipped can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press AUTO EQ to select the equalization 5 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until you hear a beep Whenever that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set will return and the equalization that was selected will be stored for that pushbutton 6 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Setting the Tone Bass Treble EQ Tone To adjust the bass or the treble press and release the EQ button until
7. Engine Cooling System Intercooler System 2 0L L4 Supercharged engine The engine requires a special engine oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard may be identified with the American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol However not all synthetic API oils with the starburst symbol will meet this GM standard You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle For the proper viscosity see Engine Oil on page 5 15 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant Usage Fluid Lubricant Usage Fluid Lubricant Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Chassis Lubricant System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Manual GM Part No U S 12377985 Hydraulic Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Transaxle Shift in Canada 88901242 or lubricant Clutch System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Linkage meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Optikleen Washer Solvent Clutch Linkage Washer Pivot Points Engine Oil Chassis Lubricant GM Part No 12377985 Chassis Lubricant Parking Brake in Canada 88901242 or lubricant Chassis GM Part No U S 12377985 Cable Guides ae in Canada 88901242 or lubricant A ROTE NEGI Lubrication meeting requiremen
8. 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels Shift into a gear Release the parking brake Let up on the brake pedal Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks 4 45 Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you are pulling a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are transaxle fluid do not overfill engine oil drive belt cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you are trailering it is a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight 4 46 Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle Do not tow a trailer if your vehicle is equipped with a manual transaxle If you have the Cobalt SS you can tow a trailer See Towing a Trailer in the Index for more information Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE 5 case sestec deed a aae aE E ii 5 3 Hydraulic GIUR iaieineea 5 23 Accessories and Modifications sssseeneeee 5 3 Engine Coolant 22535 sorry ae ne sleek ERNE 5 23 California P
9. c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Fabric Capet oaen nerasime aannaaien STU ATT S RENS SEES SEER SEE EET ES REE REDER PETE Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES serce arrana aea Care of Safety Belts W u u u d dsseesererererreneree 5 2 WeatherstiiDS 1 fecceccenpcncsnestieatectcbcumentmnineennarse 5 86 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeee neers 5 87 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 0 5 87 Finish Care c cccscsgccsesecans anioien eiii SN ni 5 87 Windshield and Wiper Blades ee 5 88 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 88 WAS gii ociera oda paa a a a a EEr PRESNE 5 89 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 89 FINISH DAMAGES masserne oea 5 89 Underbody Maintenance cceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 90 Chemical Paint Spotting eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 90 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 90 Vehicle Identification 5 91 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 4 5 91 Service Parts Identification Label 5 92 Electrical System 0 eee 5 92 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 5 92 Headlamp Wiring 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceee teens 5 93 Windshield Wiper Fuses eeeeeeeeeee ees 5 93 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 93 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 93 Floo
10. 6068 1 66 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash 1 66 1 1 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving 1 2 Lift the bar located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Driver Seat Height Adjuster Manual Lumbar If your vehicle has this feature the knob is located on the front of the driver seat lower cushion on the inboard side 4 The driver s seat height adjuster is located on the outboard side of the seat To raise the seat move the lever upward repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height To lower the seat move the lever downward repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the lumbar support Heated Seats Your vehicle may have heated front seats The switches are located on the instrument panel above the climate control system Press the side of the switch with the double indicator lights to turn on the heated seat at the highest setting 1 gf ou Driver s Switch Shown Passenger s Swi
11. P IGN A C CLTCH AFTRCOOL ABS2 PRK NEUT ECM TRANS BCK UP TRUNK OUTLET Blank Sey eee Control Module Aftercooler Anti lock Brake System Park Neutral Engine Control Module Transmission Back Up Lamps Trunk Accessory Power Outlet Not Used Fuses Usage S Relays Cage Not Used RDFG Rear Defogger Audio OnStar ONSTAR WPR2 Windshield Wiper 2 a CRNK Cigarette Lighter COOLIFAN1 Cooling Fan 1 MIR S FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump HTD SEATS _ Heated Seats WPR1 Windshield Wiper 1 CNSTR VENT Canister Vent REAR Series Parallel Cooling Fan 5 101 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information Application 7 0L 6 5L 7 0L 19L 47L 5 7L 49 2 L 6 6 L Transaxle Manual Complete Drain and Refill 1 6L 2 0L L4 Engine Supercharged 1 5L 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the appropriate level as recommended in this manual 5 102 Engine Specifications Engine Vin code Spark Plug Gap Automatic ZOLLA Supercharged P Maal 0 082 inch 1 06 mm Manual i 5 103 4 NOTES 5 104 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 eeeeeeeeeneees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 8 IMMOGUCHON 0 sort E bende dan sek decane 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill Sia
12. TRANS A C CLTCH AIR PRK LPS AIR PMP AIG CLTCH AIR SOL RUN CRNK CNSTR VENT S BAND ONSTAR LTR MIR S HTD SEATS 2 2L Engine L61 and 2 4L Engine LE5 5 96 Fuses SPARES Blank Blank RDFG COOL FAN2 CRNK COOL FAN 1 BCM3 BCM2 FOG LP HORN RH HI BEAM LH HI BEAM RH LO BEAM LH LO BEAM Blank FUEL PMP EMISN sage Fuses Usage e Powertrain Control Module Engine PCM ECM Control Module Engine Control Module BCK UP Back Up Lamps ET Trunk Accessory Power Outlet 5 97 ONE TAR Audio OnStar 5 98 COOL FAN2 WPR2 CRNK COOL FAN1 FUEL PUMP WPR1 PWR TRN AIR PMP A C CLTCH AIR SOL RUN CRNK sage oo lt L EUN LNY4 1009 LNY3 1009 META Com Wg 01 3NV4 1000 O E Q IHHT MERT IH HH Ca an NHL HMd 29a s SNYHL NOS ANHO NNH C NI IENE CA NSIWG HOLIO ON jomar C a PONTOON Co HVd H3S 1009 INSA HLSNO diNd and O E E NHOH C 979043 dWd 73n4 Cobalt SS 2 0L L4 Supercharged Engine D D D 2 D Q ao 9 L Q SPARES COOL FAN2 Cooling Fan 2 Not Used Not Used 5 99 Fuses COOL FAN 1 BCM3 BCM2 FOG LP HORN RH LO BEAM LH LO BEAM RH HI BEAM LH HI BEAM Blank FUEL PMP EMISN Blank NJ Blank ABS 5 100 Usage O Anti lock Brake System Fuses PCM ECM EPS Blank PRK LPS WPR
13. To replace a CHMSL bulb do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 10 for more information Locate the CHMSL bulb assembly in the trunk lid Depress the plastic tabs to release the bulb assembly 5 49 Pull the bulb assembly down to access the bulbs Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Install a new bulb Align the tabs in the bulb assembly with the assembly in the trunk lid Push the bulb assembly back into place until it snaps in You may need to use the tool to guide the tabs into the assembly NO f 5 50 Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps Coupe To replace a taillamp or rear turn signal bulb do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 10 for more information 2 Remove the fastener which holds down the trunk trim 3 Disconnect the wiring harness by lifting up on the tab to release and pull it straight out 4 Remove the taillamp bulb socket from the assembly by turning it counterclockwise Pull the old bulb out of the socket Install a new bulb Reverse Steps 1 through 6 to reinstall the taillamp assembly Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Sedan To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 10 for more information Remove the fastener which holds down the trunk trim Once you have removed the trim there will be one more fastener to remove Remove the outer two screws fr
14. be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area 3 24 Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind you and your passengers to buckle your safety belts The driver safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more You should buckle your seat belt This chime and light will be repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion LZ If the driver s belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light If equipped several seconds after the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 for more information The passenger safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more This chime and light will be repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 27 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfun
15. push your accelerator pedal about halfway down Going about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator all the way down INTERMEDIATE I This position is also used for normal driving However it offers braking from the engine for slight downgrades where the vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade If repetitive shifts occur between third and fourth gears on steep uphills this position can be used to prevent repetitive shifting Fuel economy will be lower than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D Here are some times you might choose INTERMEDIATE I instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D When driving on hilly winding roads e When towing a trailer so there is less shifting between gears LOW L This position gives you even more power but lower fuel economy than INTERMEDIATE I You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in LOW L the transaxle will not shift into LOW L until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transaxle If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes or parking brake to hold the vehicle in place Manual Transaxle Operation This is your shift pattern Here is how to operate your manual transaxle FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the c
16. s sidewall If your vehicle has these tires and you need to replace them you can still get these TPC Spec rated tires by asking your GM dealer Your GM dealer can order these tires by part number This way your vehicle will continue to give the proper endurance handling traction and ride as the original tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W Y and ZR speed rated tires If you choose winter tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 83 5 65 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they
17. A Electric Engine Cooling Fan B Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface The coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere in the cooling system A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle 5 32 If your vehicle is equipped with the 2 2L or 2 4L L4 engine and there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan is running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If it is not your vehicle needs service If your vehicle is equipped with the 2 0L L4 Supercharged engine and there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating the fans should be r
18. Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps A Front Turn Signal Parking Lamp B Sidemarker C Headlamp 5 48 To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 2 Remove the two hex bolts from the headlamp assembly 3 Remove the two plastic fasteners from the fascia 4 Pull the front fascia back You may need someone else to assist you with Steps 3 and 4 Pull the headlamp assembly up on an angle and towards the radiator to remove Disconnect the bulb base from the wiring harness by lifting the plastic locking tab To replace a headlamp bulb do the following 7 1 Disconnect the wiring harness from the bulb socket 7 2 Remove the black retainer by turning it counterclockwise Turn the bulb socket for the headlamp front turn signal or parking lamp counterclockwise to remove For the sidemarker bulb you will need to us a tool to assist in turning the bulb socket Pull the old bulb out of the socket Install a new bulb 11 Reinstall the bulb assembly by reversing Steps 1 through 8 When reinstalling the headlamp assembly first ensure that the wiring harness is in its original position If not the headlamp assembly will not fit correctly You will also need to line up the two tabs on the bottom of the assembly that fit into two slots in the headlamp assembly bracket Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL
19. If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If you have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If you do not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Racing or Other Competitive Driving See your warranty book before using your vehicle for racing or other competitive driving After reviewing your warran
20. This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle is equipped with PASS Key IIl Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system This means you do not have to do anything special to arm or disarm the system It works when you insert or remove the key from the ignition When the PASS Key III system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light on the instrument panel cluster comes on the key may have a damaged transponder Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be not damaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 93 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle ne
21. This will cause a ten second pre alarm chirp followed by a thirty second full alarm of horn and lights e Opening any other door This will immediately cause a full alarm of horn and lights for thirty seconds When an alarm event has finished the system will re arm itself automatically How to Turn Off the System Alarm To turn off the system alarm do one of the following Press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter The system will then re arm itself Press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter This will also disarm the system Insert the key in the ignition and turn it on This will also disarm the system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If you hear three chirps when you press the unlock lock or trunk release buttons on the remote keyless transmitter it means that the content theft security system alarm was previously activated PASS Key IIl The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 2 15 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1
22. cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using
23. e seeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 51 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cceeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 21 Back Up Lamp icc ii cise rds nencsdsam satan gamedoetesdreens 5 52 Automatic Transaxle Fluid cceeeeeeee eee es 5 23 Replacement Bulbs seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Manual Transaxle Fluid c ccccccce eee eee ee 5 23 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement re eee 5 53 5 1 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care MRCS zensa ae nies Tire Sidewall Labeling eeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Tire Terminology and Definitions 0 0 Inflation Tire Pressure ee eeeeeeee eee ee eee eee Tire Inspection and Rotation eee When It Is Time for New Tires ee Buying New Tires ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees Different Size Tires and Wheels 0006 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeeeees Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement eeceeeeeeeeeeererees Tire CHAINS 22 otocs ese tadech esessrddescsvarsewssinnties If a Tire Goes Flat ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Changing a Flat Tire 00 00 00 cceeeeeeeeeee teense eens Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tihs wtaecas oblaster alene Esser Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Compact Spare Tire c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneee eens Appearance Care
24. gt Recirculate Press this button to prevent outside air and odors from entering your vehicle or to help heat or cool the air inside your vehicle more quickly An indicator light above the button will come on in this mode The air conditioning compressor also comes on This mode is not available for floor defog and defrost modes When the recirculation button is pressed the recirculate indicator light will flash five times and outside air will be delivered Operation in this mode during periods of high humidity and cool outside temperatures may result in increased window fogging If window fogging is experienced select the defrost mode Outside Air This mode allows outside air to circulate through your vehicle This mode is automatically active if recirculate is not selected There is no button for outside air 32 Air Conditioning If your vehicle has air conditioning press this button to turn the air conditioning system on or off When this button is pressed an indicator light above the button will come on to let you know the air conditioning is activated On hot days open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for your vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently For quick cool down on hot days 1 Select the vent mode 2 Select the recirculation mode 3 Select air conditioning 4 Select the coolest temperature 5 Select the high
25. obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your GM Goodwrench dealer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 15 for further details Notice It is important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep your engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to your engine not covered by your warranty Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 for further details Intercooler Coolant Level Check 2 0L Supercharged Engine Check the coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid
26. sa dar etedice cdiwtestiebders 6 9 Maintenance Requirements eceeeeeeeeeees 6 2 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee teens 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 10 Using the Maintenance Schedule csceeeeeee 6 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance s 6 4 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Additional Required Services c eeeeeeee ee 6 6 Maintenance Record cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 15 Maintenance Footnotes cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 6 7 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance may not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recomme
27. until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restrain
28. 1 4 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 37 Hazard Warning Flashers Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others They also let police know you have a problem Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located in the center of the instrument panel Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key is in and even if the key is not in Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off When the hazard warning flashers are on your turn signals will not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn To sound the horn press the center pad on the steering wheel Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise the steering wheel to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel is Turn Signal Multifunction Lever located on the left side of the steering column The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and To tilt the wheel pull down the lever Then move the Lane Change Signals on page 3 8 wheel to a comfortable position pull up the leve
29. 2 0L L4 Supercharged Engine Only RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR aa THIS SYMBOL FOR A 80 AND GM STANDARD GM4718M PIGASOLINER BA ENGINES Je DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM4718M Your vehicle s engine requires a special oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M such as Mobil 1 or equivalent Oils meeting this standard may be identified as synthetic However not all synthetic oils will meet this GM standard You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M Notice If you use oils that do not have the GM4718M Standard designation you can cause engine damage not covered by your warranty e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API You should look for this on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM4718M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Your vehicle s engine is filled at the factory with a synthetic oil which meets all requirements for yo
30. AUTO VOL LOW AUTO VOL MEDIUM or AUTO VOL HIGH will appear on the display Each higher setting will allow for more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Then as you drive automatic volume increases the volume as necessary to overcome noise at any speed The volume level should always sound the same to you as you drive AUTO VOL NONE will appear on the display if the radio cannot determine the vehicle speed or if the engine is not running To turn automatic volume off press this button until AUTO VOL OFF appears on the display DISP Display When the ignition is off press this knob to display the time For RDS press the DISP knob to change what appears on the display The display options are station name RDS station frequency PTY and the name of the program if available For XM if equipped press the DISP knob while in XM mode to retrieve four different categories of information related to the current song or channel Artist Song Title Category or PTY Channel Number Channel Name To change the default on the display press the DISP knob until you see the display you want then hold the knob for two seconds The radio will produce a beep and the selected display will now be the default 3 66 Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped The display will show the selection ADJ Adjust Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK
31. BASS or TREBLE appears on the display Turn the ADJ knob to increase or to decrease The display will show the bass or treble level If a station is weak or noisy decrease the treble To adjust bass or treble to the middle position select BASS or TREBLE Then press and hold the EQ button for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To adjust the tone controls to the middle position first end out of tone by pressing another button causing the radio to perform that function or by waiting five seconds for the display to return to the default display Then press and hold the EQ button for more than two seconds until you hear a beep ALL CENTERED will appear on the display AUTO EQ Automatic Equalization Press this button to select customized equalization settings designed for country jazz talk pop rock and classical 3 67 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade d Balance Fade To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press and release the balance fade button until BAL appears on the display Then turn the ADJ knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers press and release the balance fade button until FADE appears on the display Then turn the ADJ knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers To adjust the balance or the fade to the middle positi
32. CHMSL 5 49 Halogen Bulbs sic cisccaticeat irose anamaria 5 47 Headlamp AiMing eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teeta ees 5 44 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 48 Replacement Bulbs s eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps 5 50 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps siviesisccviiesinsticedtivremeicet 5 51 Buying New TireS ccceeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 64 California Fuel cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 6 California Proposition 65 Warning 5 3 Canadian Owners cceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee een eeneeaees ii Capacities and Specifications 00 5 102 Carbon Monoxide 2 10 2 31 4 26 4 39 4 46 Care of Safety Bells xander ae abb i aaa 5 86 Your CD Player i acscsccit sea tteeeeaseatanasacneeadians 3 81 YOUR CDS seesteinen al beck aR ee 3 81 Center Console Storage Area cceeeeeeeeee ee 2 37 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 49 Chains TFS eiempi aia 5 70 Charging System Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeee teens 3 28 Check Engine Light iccs sic cis sinnene eaae 3 32 Checking Things Under the Hood 6 08 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeeeee trees 5 90 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems c eeeeeeeeee teens 1 35 Infants and Young Childr
33. DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank but only when the engine is cool If the coolant surge tank is empty a special fill procedure is necessary See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated 5 26 Checking Intercooler System Coolant 2 0L L4 Supercharged Engine Only The intercooler system fill neck is located in the front of the engine compartment near the center of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location A CAUTION Turning the fill neck pressure cap when the engine and intercooler are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the fill neck pressure cap even a little when the engine and intercooler are hot Park your vehicle on a level surface and turn off the engine When the engine is cold the coolant level should be visible within the horizontal tube section of the fill neck When the engine is warm the coolant level could be as high as the FULL HOT line on the fill neck or a little higher Adding Coolant to the Intercooler System Fill Neck If coolant
34. Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 31 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 26 2 32 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 2 28 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 4 39 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 4 46 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror To reduce glare from lamps behind you move the lever toward you to the night position Autom
35. If it does not come on with the ignition on you may have a problem with the fuse or bulb Have it fixed right away e If you are idling at a stop sign the light may blink on and then off e If you make a hard stop the light may come on for a moment This is normal A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil 3 35 Security Light For information regarding this light see Theft Deterrent Systems on page 2 14 Fog Lamp Light If equipped the fog lamps light will come on when the 9 fog lamps are in use The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 15 for more information Highbeam On Light This light will come on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 Fuel Gage Your fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with your fuel gage At the service station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full It takes a little more or less fuel to fill
36. If the vehicle speed is greater than 2 mph 3 km h only the UNITS menu will be accessible 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes Press the reset button to scroll through the available settings for each mode If you do not make a selection within ten seconds the display will go back to the previous information displayed Personalization Menu Modes UNITS This feature allows you to select the units of measurement in which the DIC will display the vehicle information When UNITS appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default in United States All information will be displayed in English units For example distance will be shown in miles mi and fuel economy in miles per gallon mpg METRIC default in Canada All information will be displayed in metric units For example distance will be shown in kilometers km and fuel economy in liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 3 43 OIL LIFE RESET When this feature is displayed you can reset the engine oil life system To reset the system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 See OIL LIFE under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 for more information LOCK HORN If your vehicle has remote keyless entry this feature which allows t
37. Q What is wrong with this A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a
38. SES REESE ated ladies 4 11 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 3 79 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel cceeeeeeeee 3 6 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area ceeeeeeee 2 37 Convenience Net 0 cceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 37 Cupholder S ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenenes 2 37 Drivers Storage Compartment eee 2 37 Glove BOX ies sib sass ea brag hedde a a RAAN 2 37 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 0085 4 30 SUN VISOIS s tiseite bacersenietiaiiemletels 2 13 SUNIOOF seioed aagana e aeina E a a 2 38 TaChOmeter ss rr i neden ender 3 24 Taillamps TurnSigial Lamps ar oase ye cette 5 50 Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps 5 51 Theft Deterrent Radio 22222222 overgreb 3 79 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 14 Content Theft Deterrent eeeeeeeeeeeee eee 2 14 PASS Key Ip oo cece cccccccccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 15 PASS Key III Operation 1 2 16 Tilt Wheel 0 ceeee eee cece eee renerne een eee eeneeeeeaeees 3 6 TINGS 533 g bare as een aN Eaa a E AEA 5 54 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels CIOANING 21253 dekaner niai 5 88 Buying New Tires 5555 5 64 CHNS sesana e scene men tens 5 70 Changing a Flat Tire 42 22 cc eeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeees 5 71 Cl AnINGs eare a a REESE REST ENE ES Eee 5 89 Compact Spare Tire W G ssssseeeerere renerne 5 83 Different Size sparre
39. To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new parts If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section If the frontal airbags inflate you will also need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assembly Be sure to do so Then the new retractor assembly will be there to help protect you in a collision After a crash you may need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies even if the frontal airbags have not deployed The driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has
40. Traction System ETS on page 4 9 Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 29 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of your brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake Your brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops Your br
41. VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API You should look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both will provide easier cold starting and better protection for your engine at extremely low temperatures For Vehicles with the
42. You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both 1 37 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual 1 38 To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Secur
43. a child who has outgrown child restraints or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the instrument panel will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 48 1 62 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passen
44. a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home ina cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle See Enhanced
45. a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair Reimbursement will be limited to a maximum amount per day and must be supported by receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information Courtesy Transportation is available during the Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Courtesy Transportation is available only at participating dealers and all program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel Canadian Vehicles For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty alternative tr
46. added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Maintenance I or i Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer R Maintenance I or Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 00005 7 2 Online Owner Center cccceeceeeeeeeaeeeee ees 7 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 0 cceeeeeeeee eee 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices cccccceeeee ee 75 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Roadside Assistance Program eccere 7 7 Courtesy Transportation 0cceseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 7 8 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data i c 0 0 60 i e 7 11 Collision Damage Repair ceeceeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 12 Customer Assistance and Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Chevrolet Normall
47. and Tethers for Children LATCH Your vehicle has the LATCH system The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint equipped with LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Your vehicle has lower anchors and top tether anchors Your child restraint may have lower attachments and a top tether Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal b
48. and can suffer permanent injuries or even death A CAUTION from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening Unlocked doors can be dangerous Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle locked So wear safety belts properly and To lock the driver s door from the outside turn the lock the doors whenever you drive key clockwise To unlock the door turn the key CAUTION Continued counterclockwise You can also use the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped to lock and unlock the doors From the inside use the manual lock knobs on each door or the power door lock switch to lock and unlock all doors Power Door Locks Your vehicle may have power door locks If so they are located on the drivers and front passenger s door armrest Driver s Switch shown Front Passenger s Switch similar Press the side of the switch with the lock symbol to lock the doors This is the right side for the driver s switch and the left side for the front passenger s switch Press the side of
49. and other functions of your vehicle operate through the GM radio entertainment system If that equipment is replaced or additional equipment is added to your vehicle the chimes may not work Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with your vehicle before installing it See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 20 for more information Setting the Time for Radios without Radio Data Systems RDS To set the hour press the clock button until the hour number flashes Then turn the ADJ knob to increase or to decrease To set the minutes press the clock button again until the minute numbers flash Then turn the ADJ knob to increase or to decrease The time can be set with the ignition on or off Setting the Time for Radios with Radio Data Systems RDS To set the hour press the clock button The clock symbol will appear on the display and the hour number will flash Then turn the ADJ knob to increase or to decrease To set the minutes press the clock button again The minute numbers will flash Then turn the ADJ knob to increase or to decrease The time can be set with the ignition on or off To synchronize the time with an FM station broadcasting Radio Data System RDS information press and hold the clock butto
50. and then release the button To increase your speed in very small amounts press the RES part of the button briefly and then release it Each time you do this your vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already engaged Push and hold the SET part of the button until you reach the lower speed you want then release it To slow down in very small amounts push the SET part of the button briefly Each time you do this you ll go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal your vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down Of course applying the brake takes you out of cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and don t use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control To end cruise control step lightly on the brake pedal or the clutch if your vehicle has a manual transmission Stepping on the brake pedal or clutch will only end the cur
51. arrow again to stop scanning To scan preset stations press and hold either arrow for more than four seconds until you hear two beeps The radio will go to the first preset station stored on the pushbuttons play for a few seconds then go on to the next preset station Press either arrow again to stop scanning presets The radio will only seek and scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM six XM1 and six XM2 if equipped can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press AUTO EQ to select the equalization 5 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until you hear a beep Whenever that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set will return and the equalization that was selected will be stored for that pushbutton 6 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Setting the Tone Bass Treble EQ Tone To adjust the bass or the treble press and release the EQ button until BASS or TREBLE appears on the display Turn the ADJ knob to increase or to decrease The display will show the bass or treble level If a station is weak or noisy decrease the treble To adjust bass or treble to the middle position select BASS or TREBLE Then press and hold the EQ b
52. displayed so adjust your driving accordingly If your vehicle is in cruise control when the Enhanced Traction System begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 10 When the system is on this warning light will come on to let you know there s a problem If the warning light stays on or comes on when you re driving there may be a problem with your Enhanced Traction System and your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The Enhanced Traction System warning light may come on for the following reasons lf you turn the system off by moving the shift lever to FIRST 1 the warning light will come on and stay on To turn the system back on move the shift lever back to a position other than FIRST 1 The warning light should go off The warning light will come on when you set your parking brake with the engine running and it will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than FIRST 1 and the warning light stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means there is a problem with the system e If the traction control system is affected by an engine related problem the system will turn off and the warni
53. e SIGNALS BATTERY EH e SHIELDING SEAT AIRBAG A CHARGING PARKING LAMPS y fia MOVE SEAT e DO NOT INSTALL ENGINE ACID COULD ruy NU amp e _AREAR FACING COOLANT REARWARD fm y5 CHILD RESTRAINT CS FAN BELTS SYSTEM CAUSE HAZARD SECURE IN THIS SEATING PURNS CHILD SEAT POSITION WARNING FLASHER COOLANT FUEL AVOID PULL BELT SPARKS OR OUT e DO NOT INSTALL A FORWARD FACING FLAMES COMPLETELY DAYTIME THEN SECURE y P ORILD RESTRAINT Ko RUNNING ENGINE OIL GT OWNER S CHILD SEAT IN THIS SEATING LAMPS PRESSURE MANUAL SPARK OR POSITION FLAME COULD POWER M 4 DOOR LOCK ANTI LOCK SERVICE EXPLODE UNLOCK BEAS MANUAL BATTERY wINDow P 4 NOTES vi Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seats mccain aai e 1 2 Child Restraints ccccceeeeeeeeeeneee eee eee ees 1 29 Manual Seats vise ccccetecsaeiet nens 1 2 Older Children ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeees 1 29 Driver Seat Height Adjuster ceeeeeeeeeees 1 3 Infants and Young Children eeeeeeeeees 1 32 Manual Lumbar serenana 1 3 Child Restraint Systems c eceeeeeeeeeeee 1 35 Heated Seats oniinn saina ennaa 1 4 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 40 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeen eee eenes 1 4 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Head Restraints cceeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 6 Children LATCH riein nene 1 41 Easy Entry Seat Coupe cceeee
54. engines the electrical cord is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle between the strut and the air cleaner filter 2 22 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact a GM dealer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area Automatic Transaxle Operation If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle the shift lever is located on the console between the seats There are several different positions for the automatic transaxle O00000 PARK P This position locks your front wheels It is the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle cannot move easily
55. for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling accident Assistance provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire will be covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Start No start occurrences which require a battery jump start will be covered at no charge Dealer Locator Service In many instances mechanical failures are covered under Chevrolet s Bumper to Bumper warranty However when other services are utilized our Roadside Assistance Representatives will explain any payment obligations you might incur For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location Location of the vehicle Model year color and license plate number Mileage Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we are only a phone call away Chevrolet Roadside Assistance 1 800 CHEV USA 1 800 243 8872 text telephone TTY users call 1 888 889 2438 Chevrolet reserves the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner o
56. gt 3 Remove the retainer A that holds down the jack wheel wrench B and spare tire C SDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD IID 4 Remove the spare tire by placing your hands at the AS four and eight o clock positions Gently pull it up and out of the trunk You will need to turn the plastic wheel nut counterclockwise to loosen the wheel wrench from the jack The tools you will be using include the jack A and wheel wrench B Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Press the button and then pull on the end of the wheel wrench to extend the handle 1 If your vehicle is equipped with plastic wheel covers use the wheel wrench to loosen the plastic wheel nut caps Once you have loosened the plastic wheel nut caps with the wheel wrench you can finish loosening them with your fingers The plastic nut caps do not come off 5 76 2 Using the flat end of the wheel wrench pry along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off If your vehicle has aluminum wheels first remove the center cap with your finger or the wheel wrench 3 Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet Notice Make sure that the jack lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty 4 Position the jack lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire The front location is about 8 inches 20 cm rearward from the front
57. helse kodede is 2 8 Differential Limited Slip sssssseneeeernrrrer 4 11 Doing Your Own Service Work ddseeeeeerererereee 5 4 D me LAIN S case nonen line 3 15 Door Automatic Door LOCK across eros ger 2 9 Delayed LOCKING sorires solen davies 2 8 LOCKS ode e EET ES ERE SSD ES ESPE re 2 7 Power Door LOCKS 525 henh rund kende 2 8 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 9 Rear Door Security LOCKS seeeeeeeee trees 2 9 Driver Position Safety Belt c cceeeeeeeeeee esos 1 15 Seat Height Adjuster ceeeeeeeeeeeee teen ees 1 3 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeee 3 38 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeee 3 38 DIC Vehicle Personalization eeeeeeee 3 42 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 40 Drivers Storage Compartment eeeeeee 2 37 Driving ANION FE E EE Eee 4 17 CITY E E E E E E E E SE EVENSEN 4 20 Defensive ecran aa eaa aE dates 4 2 DiunkKe Mee ennn FARE SE e E 4 3 Freeway seschedieisiedictees nce NEA ES 4 21 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 24 In Rain and on Wet Roads l c 4 18 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 31 MINER de conc eA narenatcntant tans caecum naeateageee 4 26 Easy Entry Seat 1 ae reelle 1 7 Electrical System Add On Equipment ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 92 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 055 5 96 Floor Console Fu
58. in any other position that is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Shifting into PARK P with the vehicle moving could damage the transaxle Shift into PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transaxle The shift lever should be in NEUTRAL and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down that is a safety feature Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Notice Holding your key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be drained much sooner And the excessive heat can damage your starter motor Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter 2 If it does not start wait about 15 seconds and try again to start the engine by turning the ignition to START Wait about 15 seconds between each try When the engine has run about 10 seconds to warm up your vehicle is ready to be driven Do not run your engine at high speed when it is cold If the weather is below freezing 32 F or 0 C let the engine run for a few minutes to warm up 3 If the engine still will not start or starts but then stops it could be flooded with t
59. is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transaxle see f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 30 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed 2 24 Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N while the engine is running at high speed may damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speeds when shifting your vehicle Notice Shifting to a drive gear from NEUTRAL N while the vehicle is moving could damage the transaxle Make sure the vehicle is stopped before shifting from NEUTRAL N into a drive gear AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D This position is for normal driving with the automatic transaxle If you need more power for passing and you are Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h
60. it is dark enough outside the vehicle s high beam headlamps and parking lamps will come on each time the unlock button on the transmitter is pressed These exterior lamps will stay on for 20 seconds or until a door is opened See EXT Exterior LIGHTS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 Pressing the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter will disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 14 for more details Remote Trunk Release The trunk will open when this button on the transmitter is pressed and held for approximately one second You can open the trunk with the transmitter when the vehicle is stationary 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release this button to help locate your vehicle The horn will sound three times and the hazard lamps will flash three times Press and hold the button for three seconds to sound the panic alarm The horn will sound and the hazard lamps will flash for 30 seconds The ignition must be off for the vehicle locator remote alarm to work Press the vehicle locator panic alarm button again or turn the ignition to ACC Accessory or RUN to turn off the alarm Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter is uniquely coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking the vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your GM dealer Remember to bring a
61. least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer has GM trained service people who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system It is also important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level 5 20 If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change your oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Anytime your oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change your oil prior to a CHANGE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil the system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition to RUN with the engine off 2 Press the information and reset buttons on the DIC at the same time to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes until the DIC display shows OIL LIFE RESET 4 Press and hold the reset button until the DIC display shows ACKNOWLEDGED This will tell you the system has been reset 5 Turn the key to LOCK If the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle th
62. listening to the radio A Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject may be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs may be loaded with the radio and ignition off if this button is pressed first 3 63 CD Messages CHECK DISC If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again There may have been a problem while burning the CD The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your GM dealer when reporting the problem 3 64 Radio with CD MP3 EQ AUTO Mes ADJ DISP Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the radio can do the following Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies Display mess
63. lock brakes not enough to lock your wheels See Braking on page 4 6 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the
64. missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on 3 34 If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pas
65. of the vehicle 1 35 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint 1 36 A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint for the child s body with the harness and also sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped or shelf like shields A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt positioner and some high back booster seats have a five point harness A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window How Should I Use a Child Restraint A child restraint system is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner To help reduce injuries an add on child restraint must be secured in the vehicle With built in or add on child restraints the child has to be secured within the child restraint When choosing an add on child restraint be sure the child restraint is designed to be used ina vehicle If it is it will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards Then follow the instructions for the restraint
66. of these things occur Thirty seconds after all the doors are closed Sixty seconds with any door open If you press the lock button on the transmitter a second time while all the doors are closed the system will arm immediately The system will still arm in 60 seconds if a door is open When the open door is closed it will also become armed The security light located on the instrument panel cluster will turn on to indicate that arming has been initiated Once the system is armed the security light will flash once every three seconds If the security light is flashing twice per second this means that a door is open If you do not want to arm the system you may lock the car with the manual lock knobs on the doors Disarming the System You can disarm the system by doing any one of the following Press the remote keyless entry transmitter unlock button Turn the ignition on If the system is armed and the trunk is opened using the trunk release button on the transmitter the system will temporarily disarm itself and re arm when the trunk has been closed This allows you to exit the vehicle lock the doors using the transmitter and open the trunk using the transmitter without having to disarm and re arm the system Once the system is disarmed the security light will stop flashing How the System Alarm is Activated If the system is armed it can be activated by either Opening the driver s door or trunk
67. or TRIP B is displayed These modes show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing and holding the reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed FUEL RANGE Press the information button until FUEL RANGE is displayed This mode shows the remaining distance you can drive without refueling in either miles mi or kilometers km It is based on fuel economy and the fuel remaining in the tank The fuel economy data used to determine fuel range is an average of recent driving conditions As your driving conditions change this data is gradually updated The FUEL RANGE mode cannot be reset ECON Economy Press the information button until ECON is displayed This mode shows how many miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km your vehicle is getting based on current and past driving conditions Press and hold the reset button while ECON is displayed to reset the average fuel economy Average fuel economy will then be calculated starting from that point If the average fuel economy is not reset it will be continually updated each time you drive AV Average SPEED Press the information button until AV SPEED is displayed This mode shows the vehicle s average speed in miles per hour mph or kilometers p
68. or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through your engine s air intake and badly damage your engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Some Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially ca
69. or playlist names may use more disc memory space than necessary To conserve space on the disc minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names You can also play an MP3 CD that was recorded using no file folders 3 74 The system can support up to 11 folders in depth though keep the depth of the folders to a minimum in order to keep down the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback If a CD contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files the player will let you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum will be ignored Root Directory The root directory will be treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory will be displayed as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory will be accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px will always be accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player will advance to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files and the empty folder will not be displayed or numbered No Folder When the CD contains only compressed files the files will be located under the root folder The next and previo
70. performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel The 8th digit of your vehicle identification number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies your engine You will find the VIN at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 91 Gasoline Octane If your vehicle has the 2 2L L4 engine VIN Code F use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you may notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service If your vehicle has the 2 4L L4 engine VIN Code B or the 2 0L Supercharged engine VIN Code P use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You may also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration may be slightly reduced and you may notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you may notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you might damage your engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or highe
71. person performing work for you is qualified to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 1 64 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to the front or sides of the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or height they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Q Because have a disability have to get my A vehicle modified How can I find out whether this will affect my airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module located under the center console or the instrument panel can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 1 65 Restraint System Check Checking
72. petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your GM dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your GM dealer s body and paint shop 5 89 Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing s
73. quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 3 81 later in this section If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD 3 76 Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen instead Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section 14 Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track Press and hold this pushbutton for less than two seconds to reverse at eight times the normal playing speed Release this pushbutton to play the track REV and the elapsed time of the track will appear on the d
74. reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your GM dealer when reporting the problem Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it will not operate and LOCK or LOCKED will appear on the display With THEFTLOCK activated the radio will not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls x ace BAND 1 6 If your vehicle has this feature some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following V SEEK A Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous radio station and stay there The radio will only seek stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band When a CD is playing press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or previous track BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped 1 6 Preset Pushbuttons Press this button to play stations that are programmed on the radio preset pushbuttons The radio will only seek preset stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band V A Volume Press the up or the down arrow to increase or to decrease the vol
75. remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additional rights you may have Canadian owners refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1
76. see the display you want then hold this knob for two seconds MSG Message MSG will appear on the display whenever a current track has ID3 tag information Press this button to display the artist name and album contained in the tag MSG will disappear from the display when the information in the ID3 tag has finished BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening SRCE Source Press this button to play a CD or to access a remote device if installed when listening to the radio A Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject may be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs may be loaded with the radio and ignition off if this button is pressed first 3 78 CD Messages CHECK DISC If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again The format of the CD may not be compatible See MP3 Format earlier in this section There may have been a problem while burning the CD The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other
77. speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 5 33 A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture 5 34 A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about two or two and one half turns If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will allow any pressure still left to be
78. system components See oroe D T FLubriate body components Seetee D J F Replace passenger compartment air fiter See foomo g gt Finspect trols system See foommote g Do T Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 41500 83 000 keu 000 HUD 000 meer sn 500 ILO 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks 1 e Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter severe service only See footnote h Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote m Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect drum brake linings shoes for wear or cracks Inspect other brake parts including drums wheel cylinders calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front an
79. system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag when an infant in a rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 26 for more information on this including important safety information 1 48 A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Manual Seats on page 1 2 If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH syste
80. the Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you ina crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Notice If you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s airbag or the side impact airbag covering if equipped on the garnish trim near the ceiling and the side windows the airbag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag or the side impact airbag module and the garnish trim near the ceiling and the side windows for roof mounted side impact airbags if equipped Do not open or break the airbag coverings 1 66 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash
81. the ring on the shift lever below the shift knob and shift into REVERSE R Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal 2 26 Shift Speeds A CAUTION If you skip a gear when you downshift you could lose control of your vehicle You could injure yourself or others Do not shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift Up Shift Light If you have a manual transaxle you may have an up shift light This light will show you when to shift to the next higher gear for the best fuel economy United States Only When this light comes on you can shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions let you For the best fuel economy accelerate slowly and shift when the light comes on While you accelerate it is normal for the light to go on and off if you quickly change the position of the accelerator Ignore the light when you downshift Parking Brake a Manual Transaxle Parking Brake Lever Automatic Transaxle Parking Brake Lever The parking brake lever is located between the front seats For vehicles equipped with an armrest lift the console armrest in order to access the parking brake lever To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 29 To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal do
82. the switch with the unlock symbol to unlock the doors This is the left side for the driver s switch and the right side for the front passenger s switch Delayed Locking If your vehicle has power locks it will have the delayed locking feature This feature will delay the actual locking of the doors for up to five seconds when the power door lock switch or remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock the vehicle If any door is open when locking the vehicle three chimes will sound signaling that the delayed locking feature is active Five seconds after the last door is closed all of the doors will lock and the turn signal lamps will flash To cancel the delay and lock the doors immediately press the lock button a second time This feature will not lock the doors if the key is in the ignition You can disable this function through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 Automatic Door Lock If your vehicle has power door locks the doors will automatically lock when the shift lever is moved out of PARK P for a vehicle with an automatic transaxle For a vehicle with a manual transaxle the speed must be greater than 5 mph 8 km h The automatic door locking feature cannot be disabled Programmable Automatic Door Unlock If your vehicle has power locks it has a programmable automatic door unlock feature The doors can be programmed through the Driver Information
83. the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 1 49 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 1 50 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 8 If your vehicle has a passenger sensing system and the airbag is off the off indicator on the instrument panel will be lit and stay lit when the key is turned to RUN or START If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this
84. the vehicle goes straight into the object Frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts Your vehicle may or may not have side impact airbags See Airbag System on page 1 51 Side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes A side impact airbag will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level 1 57 The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal or near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts A side impact airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules inside the steering wheel and in the ins
85. the vehicle starts when the clutch is not pushed all the way down your vehicle needs service 6 10 Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock Control System Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 27 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move With the engine off turn the ignition to RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P your vehicle needs service Ignition Transaxle Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK in each shift lever position With an automatic transaxle the ignition should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK P The key should come out only in LOCK With a manual transaxle the key should come out only in LOCK Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right It should only lock when turned to the right Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle Park P Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could
86. to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference Care of Your CDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD Player The use of CD lens cleaners for CD players is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the internal lens of the CD optics with lubricants Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast i
87. to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things The amount of alcohol consumed The drinker s body weight The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s 4 4 BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman gen
88. to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly 1 22 Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 1 15 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the driver s safety belt except for one thing If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again Rear Seat Passengers It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts Lap Shoulder Belt 2 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way it will lock If it does let it go back all the way and start again If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 28 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able
89. to the first setting past intermittent for steady wiping at low speed eB High Speed Move the lever up to the second setting past intermittent for wiping at high speed W Mist Move the lever all the way down to this position for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then let go The windshield wipers will stop after one wiping cycle If you want additional wiping cycles hold the lever down longer Damaged wiper blades may prevent you from seeing well enough to drive safely To avoid damage be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become damaged get new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload your wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload If the motor gets stuck turn the wipers off clear away the snow or ice and then turn the wipers back on As an added safety feature if the wipers are on for more than 15 seconds the vehicle s headlamps will turn on automatically They will turn off 15 seconds after the wipers are turned off Windshield Washer To wash your windshield press the button at the end of the lever until the washers begin A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ic
90. to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to All rear seat positions have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear one properly 1 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 3 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder part 1 23 a X d N Y h The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 1 24 The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guid
91. tow more than 1 000 miles 1 600 km per year 4 40 Three important considerations have to do with weight The weight of the trailer The weight of the trailer tongue The total weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice or you can write us at Chevrolet Motor Division Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33170 Detroit MI 48232 5170 In Canada write to General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affec
92. transaxle These parts can work hard on mountain roads A CAUTION If you do not shift down your brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let your engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain 4 24 A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have your engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transaxle and you can climb the hill better Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident You may see highway signs on moun
93. under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it Here are some things you can check before a trip e Windshield Washer Fluid Is the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades Are they in good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels e Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean e Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure e Weather Forecasts What i
94. until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs reimbursement of public transportation expenses may be available for up to a maximum of five days In addition should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available up to a five day maximum Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for
95. vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your vehicle s wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires 5 70 Notice If your vehicle has a tire size other than 205 55R16 P205 55R16 P205 50R17 or 215 45R18 size tires use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve a
96. vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 29 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 32 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position Driver Position Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index Pick up the latch pla
97. verreesen morsian aE ia 2 8 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 9 Rear Door Security LOCKS seeeeeeeee tenes 2 9 Loss Of Control ccccccececeeeeeee seen ensaeaeaeaes 4 15 Lumbar Manual Controls sss lt csieisesesecseesacdsieaietsiniieeeiebes 1 3 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services eeeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill essieu enansa 6 9 At Least Once a Month cccceeeeeeeeaees 6 9 At Least Once a Year ccc cece ec ccneeeaeeeeeees 6 10 INTFOGUCTION eeen SERSA 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes cccccececeeeeeeeeneee 6 7 Maintenance Schedule cont Maintenance Record cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 15 Maintenance Requirements W u sssssserererrrrers 6 2 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Owner Checks and Services ccceceeeeeeeees 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ccceceeeeeaeeees 6 4 USING gorrie E E N 6 3 Your Vehicle and the Environment 5 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light seeen 3 32 Manual Lumbar Controls cccccceeeseeeeeeeees 1 3 Manual Seats iiien eaei 1 2 Manual Transaxle PWG acces seca danacseareceecastacuchcusceteacaseeeeeanee ae 5 23 Operati icscn cash onrein ana EE ENEE 2 25 Manual Windows sussie eroderes 2 13 Message DIC Warnings and Messages W W W ssseererre 3 40 Mirror Reading Lamps
98. wheel opening The rear location is about 4 inches 10 cm forward of the rear wheel opening 5 Raise the jack head until it fits firmly in the vehicle s frame where the notch is located nearest the flat tire 6 Put the compact spare tire near you A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack 5 77 A CAUTION A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 7 Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the compact spare tire to fit under the vehicle 9 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spa
99. will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued 1 40 CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors
100. will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number drivers license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle
101. with the remote keyless entry transmitter If you notice a decrease in the operating range of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry System on page 2 3 for information regarding conditions which may affect the transmitters performance a a The following functions are available with the remote keyless entry system 0 le Lock Press the lock button to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the remote lock feedback can be programmed to have the horn chirp and or the parking lamps flash when the remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock the vehicle s doors See LOCK HORN and LIGHT FLASH under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 for more information Pressing the lock button may arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 14 m Unlock Press the unlock button one time to unlock the driver s door Press the unlock button again within five seconds to unlock the other doors The interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the remote unlock feedback can be programmed to have the horn chirp and or the turn signal lamps flash when the remote keyless entry transmitter is used to unlock the vehicle s doors See UNLOCK HORN and LIGHT FLASH under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 for more information If enabled through the DIC and
102. you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat Also the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements 4 39 If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on your vehicle s parts Do not tow when the outside air temperature is above 100 F 38 C Do not
103. your vehicle Frequent stops are very important to allow the engine and transaxle to cool Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you do not shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well Pay attention to the engine coolant gage If the indicator is in the red area turn off the air conditioning to reduce engine load See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 Parking on Hills 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and then shift into PARK P for an automatic transaxle or REVERSE R for a manual transaxle A CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged 5 Release the regular brakes When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here is how to do it Start your engine 1 Apply your regular brakes but do not shift into PARK P for an automatic transaxle or into gear for a manual transaxle When parking uphill turn your wheels away from the curb When parking downhill turn your wheels into the curb
104. 2 OnStar System eserinin reeni oeei 2 35 Capacities and Specifications 5 102 Storage Areas cxadecnesadecanccdadcda Geiasannsdasqasea 2 37 Maintenance Schedule 0000ceeseeeeeeeeeees 6 1 SUNMOLE Es e re eN EM ENGER 2 38 Maintenance Schedule aaeeea 6 2 Instrument Panel E ee aie eases ash vaious ata oun Sains aie tele ET 3 1 Customer Assistance and Information ANAE EAE 7 1 Instrument Panel Overview cceeeeeeeeeee es 3 4 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Climate Controls oo ee eeeecceccecceceeceeceuceaeens 3 17 Reporting Safety Defects oo eee 7 16 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators __ 3 22 WO sect gees eed nicer eee wees eed ed 1 Driver Information Center DIC 3 38 Audio System S cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 48 mija CHEVROLET GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CHEVROLET the CHEVROLET Emblem and the name COBALT are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Chevrolet Motor Division whenever it appears in this manual Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is needed while you are on the road If the vehicle is sold leave this manual
105. 2006 Chevrolet Cobalt Owner Manual QA Seats and Restraint Systems 006 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle c 0 ccceseeeeeeeeees 4 1 FIONt SCats sir raske gren aN tat gewnscnes 1 2 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 Rear Seats oo cecccc ccc ec ccc ece cece eeneneeeeneneens 1 8 TOWING sapaa nen 4 36 Safety Bells casgcsutna deste aana 1 9 Service and Appearance 67 7 E E E E 5 1 Child Restraints eserini innir 1 29 SEMICE rose aser E TER 5 3 Airbag System 20 1 51 PUG are a dios ctleeamecteetmaskiauen E 5 5 Restraint System Check ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 66 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Features and Controls 0ceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 Headlamp Aiming cecceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 44 KEYS He ahaa gate Gees usteuanen E 2 2 Bulb Replacement ou cee ceceeececeeeeeee scenes 5 47 Doors and Locks ooo eee ececececeeeeceeeeeaeees 2 7 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 53 Windows nn ee rer dn kirs br hb er LER EEE 2 12 TRES yra ccanoaciosciacaactaccattanadesmceasestces 5 54 Theft Deterrent Systems 2 eee eee cece 2 14 Appearance Care oo eee ccc ec ccc ece cence cence eens 5 83 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 17 Vehicle Identification oo see eeeeeeeeeee eee tees 5 91 Minors 2s deeds ea NE EET aaa KE TR RSS 2 33 Electrical System 2 W sssssssesseeeeeeee enke knnrnee 5 9
106. 3 Outside Power Mirrors The controls for the outside power mirrors are A located on the driver s O gt door armrest Q aD Move the selector switch located below the four way control pad to the left or right to choose either the driver s side or passenger s side mirror To adjust a mirror use the arrows located on the four way control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen while sitting in a comfortable driving position Keep the selector switch in the center position when not adjusting either outside mirror Both mirrors can manually be folded by pulling them toward the vehicle This feature may be useful when going through a car wash or a confined space Push the mirrors away from the vehicle to the normal position before driving 2 34 Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver s seat It also makes things appear farther away than they really are OnStar System OnStar uses global positioning system GPS satellite technology
107. 80 Fluid Automatic Transaxle cceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 5 23 Manual Transaxle eirian 5 23 Windshield Washer eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eres 5 35 Fog Lamp Light miee abs seucecaahacemsund Horne oia 3 36 Fog Lamps cicsccdersntanccncis hehe lede once 3 15 Folding Rear Seat ssrdsn insni kirega 1 8 USE ES A headin teaaapeciaeessaeinsees 5 5 POIIVGS snina eee ore ner rubel a 5 6 California Fuel 552 eeki 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 1 1W 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 10 Filling Your Tank sss sn sacaessaeeadsteancrsencaneandnes 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries 0c eeeeeeeeee ee 5 7 GaJo Seances ated Sener bec E eat eae eee 3 36 Gasoline Octane sriid ainai 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeneeeeee eee 5 6 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 5 96 Floor Console Fuse Block n se 5 94 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0eceeeeeee ees 5 93 Windshield Wiper sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 93 Gage BOOST Seterra aser rede Jord 3 37 FUG eee be ERE ER ER REE ER SETS ENE SED ES 3 36 Speedometer 256 gr sunde oenina aies 3 24 Tachometer ss tenein saorsa an non naaran 3 24 Gasoline Octane rasera E neue oaes 5 5 Specifications 32 users gs bekende vee 5 6 Glove BOX 55 2 daer here ail S EErEE 2 37 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 5 7 6 Hazard Warning Flashers eeceeeeeeeeee teens 3 6 Head Restraints iss cc cc
108. 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program Online Owner Center The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to Get e mail service reminders Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner s manual United States only Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule Find GM dealers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members United States only Refer to the web for updated information To register your vehicle visit www MyGMLink com United States or My GM Canada within www gmcanada com Canada Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing 1 800 833 CHEV 2438 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll free numbe
109. A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 2 28 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 4 39 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 4 46 Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever push the shift lever all the way into PARK P and also release the shift lever button as you maintain brake application Then move the shift lever into the gear you wish Press the shift lever button before moving the shift lever See Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 2 30 2 23 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle
110. Center DIC to automatically unlock several ways See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 for more information Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has rear door security locks These prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door You must open the rear doors to access them To set the locks do the following 1 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position 2 Close the door When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped the power door lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position Lockout Protection If your vehicle has power door locks it will have this feature If you press the power door lock switch when the key is in the ignition and any door is open all the doors will lock and the drivers door will unlock Be sure to remove the key from the ignition when locking your vehicle The lockout protection can be overridden by pressing and holding the power door lock in the lock position for three seconds
111. Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed Avoiding hard accelerations Avoiding steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible 3 33 If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or
112. GQOWS oeaan S One vane ned 2 12 Mania cscs ciccseeona tienen ag SEE ENES ERE SEERNES 2 13 POWER 3 see da ra ambien ayes ihe ties 2 13 Windshield Wiper Blades Cleaning eeeeeeeeeee ees 5 88 Windshield Washer 0 c eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeerees 3 10 REO TEE EE EE SK ERE ERE Ree See 5 35 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement sceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 53 FUSES iaee bl pened nn ed cate EAEE 5 93 Windshield Wipers 2 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 3 9 Winter Diving diccsedcmetannceiandececeicetanntaremeacen 4 26 Wiper Activated Headlamps seeeeeeeeee ee 3 14 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 81 Your Vehicle and the Environment s seeaeae 6 2
113. IRST 1 and the warning light stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means there is a problem with the system If the traction control system is affected by an engine related problem the system will turn off and the warning light will come on If the Enhanced Traction System warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than FIRST 1 your vehicle needs service 3 31 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine has overheated Ar Pra If this happens you should pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 for more information Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 Your vehicle could be damaged and it might not be covered by your warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on This light will also come on when starting your vehicle If it doesn t have your vehicle serviced 3 32 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle is equipped with a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at accept
114. Info Song Program Title No song title information is available at this time on this not available channel The system is working properly 3 70 XM Radio Messages cont d Radio Display F 7 Message Condition Action Required No CAT Info Category Name No category information is available at this time on this not available channel The system is working properly No Information No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this time message available on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM Theft Locked Theft lock active The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your GM dealer XM Radio ID Radio ID label If tuned to channel 0 this message will alternate with the channel 0 XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if may be a receiver fault Consult with your GM dealer hardware failure Check XM Receivr Hardware failure in the If this message does not clear within a short period of time receiver module the receiver may h
115. N and OFF or the symbol for ON and OFF will be visible on the instrument panel during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for ON or the symbol for OFF will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 26 PASSENGER AIR BAG A wy A A OFF ON United States Canada The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbag and the side airbags if equipped are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat General Motors recommends that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing
116. Rear Seat Position cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 46 Right Front Seat Position 0 ee 1 48 SECUATY LONE senan De innara detees 3 36 SEVICE paides ape anai EAE EEE E Ea EAT 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ssssseee 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your VOICE arrede eler eler breeds 5 5 California Proposition 65 Warning 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 3 Doing Your Own Work s ssssssssssssesrerrerrerrerrenre 5 4 Engine Soom Light 25 oaser 3 32 Publications Ordering Information 7 17 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 Setting the Time Radios with Radio Data Systems RDS 3 49 Radios without Radio Data Systems RDS 3 49 Sheet Metal Damage ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 5 89 Shifting Into Park P essei Ens ae alen seer 2 28 Shifting Out of Park P fes nisin skude 2 30 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster eee 1 21 11 Signals Turn and Lane Change 00055 3 8 Spare Tire COMPACT saiaren eenen ea aE 5 83 Installing uses iisen mingsed ainia 5 76 REMOVING fice cscdiataxcngitameeetiaenectanycamerecagaaions 5 72 SION rarere Er babes EN LEDES ALDEA 5 80 Specifications Capacities W ssseseeeererereree 5 102 Speedometer 22225 rer desdeenedsielelasivinteeeeess 3 24 Split Folding Rear Seat W W ssssseeeeeerererennnee 1 8 Starting Your Engine sarsie ameiona 2 20 SIEEN Henne a rer See BEES
117. Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking your exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out 4 29 Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes 4 30 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but yo
118. TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 67 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 83 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 70 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Numbe
119. To set a speed do the following 1 Press the on off button to turn cruise control on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Get to the speed you want 3 Press the SET part of the control button and release it The CRUISE ENGAGED message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC to show the system is engaged 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal If the vehicle is in cruise control and the Traction Control System TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 9 When road conditions allow the cruise control can be used again Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This of course disengages the cruise control To return to your previously set speed you do not need to go through the set process again Once you re going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can press the RES part of the button briefly This will take you back up to your previously chosen speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed 1 Disengage the cruise control by applying the brake pedal but do not turn it off Accelerate to a higher speed and reset the cruise control 2 If the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES part of the button Hold it there until you get up to the speed you want
120. Trunk To release the trunk lid from the outside use the key or the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 31 Remote Trunk Release To open the trunk from inside the vehicle press the remote trunk release button located inside the driver s storage compartment located on the lower left side of the instrument panel See Instrument Panel Overview on page 3 4 or Driver s Storage Compartment on page 2 37 The remote trunk release works when the ignition is either off or in ACC or the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk relea
121. abe Kowa dae cee 5 66 If a Tire Goes Flat ated aeae ikai 5 70 Tires cont Inflation Tire Pressure e eeeeeeereeeee 5 61 Inspection and Rotation cee eeeeeeeee eens 5 63 Installing the Spare Tire ceeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 76 Removing the Flat Tire ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 76 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 72 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 80 Tire Sidewall Labeling eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 56 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 58 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 2 5 67 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 68 Wheel Replacement cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 68 When It Is Time for New Tires ccecce 5 64 Towing Recreational Vehicle eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 36 Towing a Trailer seer done 4 39 4 46 YOUP VeNIGIC 220 cen ccchntnccaaseegheadecicaaaeaartiante 4 36 Traction Enhanced Traction System ETS 0 eeeee 4 9 Enhanced Traction System ETS Warning Light sae ceateomedtncasteendndvenvebltiessnd SNERRE SS 3 31 Limited Slip Differential ceeeeeeeeee seers 4 11 Transaxle Fluid Automatic cccccceceaeeceeceeeeeeeeenees 5 23 Fluid Manual ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaees 5 23 Transaxle Operation Automatic 2 23 Transaxle Operation Manual 0eeees 2 25 Transmission Wp Shitt Eight saaicctesadncacs tel
122. able levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile your emission controls may not work as well your fuel economy may not be as good and your engine may not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transaxle exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light
123. ace After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on your leather 5 85 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a Clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clea
124. age 5 31 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 35 When you open the hood on the 2 0L L4 Supercharged engine here is what you will see Cremer OR mm Yi aa 5 g X H Le 5 14 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 35 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Intercooler System Pressure Cap See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 36 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 23 Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 96 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 40 Remote Negative Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 40 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Cooling System on page 5 31 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check your engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartme
125. ages from radio stations This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and will only work when the information is available In rare cases a radio station may broadcast incorrect information that will cause the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or call letters will appear on the display RDS stations may also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available XM offers over 100 coast to coast channels including music news sports talk and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 Playing the Radio D Power Press this knob to turn the system on and off Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume AUTO Automatic Volume With automatic volume the audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road and wind noise as you drive 3 65 Set the volume at the desired level Press this button to select LOW MEDIUM or HIGH
126. ailer 5 30 If you get the engine coolant temperature warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If you have an air conditioner and it is on turn it off 2 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 3 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see TTL oT ui AN ss a BA me 2 0L L4 Supercharged Engine A Electric Engine Cooling Fans B Intercooler System Pressure Cap C Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap 2 2L L4 Engine shown 2 4L L4 Engine similar
127. akes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump your brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If your engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle may have anti lock brakes ABS is an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid If your vehicle has anti lock brakes this warning light on the instrument panel will come on briefly when you start your vehicle When you start your engine or when you begin to drive away your anti lock brake system will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you may even notice that your brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A
128. an damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly 5 83 Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cl
129. and on Wet Roads 4 18 Driving Your Vehicle City DUVNO leessen neti a 4 20 Freeway Driving eceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeereeeeneees 4 21 Before Leaving on a Long Trip ce 4 22 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeees 4 23 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeee eee eeee 4 24 Winter Diving aar ren cccoeasenannionsaveewn settee as 4 26 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lce Ob SNOW casi ai nyisir sisinio e o EA Hace 4 30 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 31 Loading Your Vehicle seeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 31 MOWING 2ceeciacctasagaacatcestenisractncanentereneenbannent 4 36 Towing Your Vehicle arealerne 4 36 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 36 Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle 4 39 Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle 4 46 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle A CAUTION Defensive Driving Defensive driving really means Be ready for anything On city streets rural roads The best advice anyone can give about driving is Drive or expressways it means Always expect the defensively unexpected Assume that pedestrians or other Please start with a very important safety device in your drivers are going to be careless and make vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They Are for mistakes Anticipate what they might do and Everyone on page 1 9 be ready Rear end collisions
130. ansportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation Program Please consult your dealer for details General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called event data recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision Th
131. ap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 87 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 32 The CHECK GAS CAP message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit pro
132. ard you Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To use it pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers Use this lever located on the right side of the steering wheel to operate the windshield wipers O Off Move the lever to this position to turn off the windshield wipers X7 Intermittent Move the lever to this position to choose a delayed wiping cycle Rotate the intermittent adjustment band to set for shorter or longer delay cycles To the left of the adjustment band are bars increasing in size from top to bottom Smaller bars mean the wiper movement is less frequent and larger bars mean the wiper movement is more frequent During intermittent wiping mode the cycle delay time is also affected by vehicle speed As your vehicle speed increases your delay cycle time will automatically decrease 402 Delay When the lever is in the intermittent position turn the intermittent adjust band with this symbol on it up or down to set for a shorter or longer delay between wipes To the left of the adjust band are bars increasing in size from bottom to top that indicate the frequency of the wipes Smaller bars mean the wipers movement is less frequent Larger bars mean the movement is more frequent GED Low Speed Move the lever up
133. are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a Collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle Judgment Muscular Coordination e Vision Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way
134. are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle 5 66 Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 64 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be
135. ars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B 1 41 Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A ora dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some top tether equipped child restraints are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached 1 42 In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached In the United States some child restraints also have a top tether Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations di Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anch
136. at ieceneeacteame sited 3 29 KNUT g res SE Te SEE a eA SED SE RESEN SEERE 2 10 Turn and Lane Change Signals sseeeere 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever seeeeee 3 7 Understanding Radio Reception 00 3 80 Uniform Tire Quality Grading d dss seere 5 67 Up Shift Light dosissen esner aena ene 3 29 Vehicle CONTO inira n E a E E E 4 6 Damage WarningS ceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeees iv loading coseno a a SES 4 31 Parking YOUR priren aA 2 30 SYMDOIS 27 cle atawkden teavcnssdehucadeneddehesacanceneackeacs iv Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders orme ne ter arite aia niani 7 11 13 Vehicle Identification Number VIN scosi 5 91 Service Parts Identification Label 5 92 Vehicle Personalization BD SF RE A E A E 3 42 Ventilation Adjustment acsseeesseserserrrrererenn 3 20 MISONS ests eanatvibeastdvaadanenectins naai a a bene 2 13 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 22 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 40 Hazard Warning Flashers ccce 3 6 Other Warning Devices 0ceeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 3 6 Safety and Symbols sissien ieri minen ianei iii Vehicle Damage 15 ns erne de header iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 1 5 68 Different Sige 225555 dane cancwnast dipe a 5 66 Replacement sadel kroer iepa nanain 5 68 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 40 14 WVINM
137. atic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar If the vehicle has this feature an automatic dimming mirror automatically dims to the proper level to minimize glare at night from lights behind your vehicle For more information about OnStar see OnStar System on page 2 35 O On Off This is the on off button Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation The automatic dimming mirror function is turned on each time the ignition is started A light near the on off button will come on to indicate the automatic dimming is on Press the on off button for about four seconds to manually turn the automatic dimming function on or off Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Outside Manual Mirror Adjust your outside mirror so you can just see the side of your vehicle and have a clear view of objects behind you The mirror can be folded in to enter narrow areas Outside Remote Control Mirror Adjust the driver s outside mirror with the control lever located on the driver s door Adjust the outside mirrors so that the side of the vehicle can be seen while sitting in a comfortable driving position To adjust the passenger s outside mirror sit in the driver s seat and have a passenger adjust the mirror for you The mirror is a manual fold design 2 3
138. ation in French SPANISH The DIC will display all information in Spanish GERMAN The DIC will display all information in German Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and exit out of the personalization menu mode Exiting Personalization Menu The personalization menu will be exited when any of the following conditions occur Aten second time period has elapsed The ignition is turned off The end of the personalization menu list is reached 3 47 Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving experience See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 By taking a few moments to read this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if equipped A CAUTION This system provides you with a far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always kee
139. ations Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada information pertaining to Product Service Bulletins can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 Owner s Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner s manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner s Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 Without Portfolio Owner s Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 Current and Past Model Order Forms Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Service Publications are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form please specify year and model name of t
140. ave a fault Consult with your GM dealer Check XM XM not available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your GM dealer 3 71 Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin playing If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the eject button or the DISP knob As each new track starts to play the track number will appear on the display If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs without an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 3 81 later in this section If there is no apparent dama
141. ay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your inside mirror activate your right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that your passenger side outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the
142. ays parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane 4 21 At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night 4 22 When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not
143. back of the glove box and raising the tab until the door can be opened downward 2 Tilt the glove box door down by squeezing on each side of the glove box until the door can be lowered from its track Lower the glove box door 3 21 4 Remove the filter by sliding it out of the housing When installing a new air filter make sure the AIR FLOW arrow is pointing downward Reverse Steps 1 through 5 making sure the glove box door snaps back into place 3 22 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they re working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there s a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as yo
144. bags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door A CAUTION Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 29 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 32 1 53 There is an airbag Where Are the Airbags readiness light on the e instrument panel cluster r which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 25 for more information The driver s airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 1 54 The right front passenger s airbag is in the instrument If your vehicle has a side impact airbag for the driver panel on the passenger s side and the person seated directly behind the driver it is located in the ceiling above the side windows If your vehicle has a side impact airbag for the right front passenger and the person directly behind that
145. be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification may be obtained from your dealer Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and aoe AP i Certiied Pelee nstitute ertified for Gasoline al and ali Engines starburst symbol L4 engines GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 5 15 Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine Oil 2 0L L4 Supercharged engine
146. be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transaxle in PARK P or a manual transaxle in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on that vehicle You will not see the battery of your vehicle under the hood It is located in the trunk You will not need to access your battery for jump starting Your vehicle has a remote positive and a remote negative jump starting terminal The remote positive terminal is located under a red tethered cap on the engine compartment fuse block L
147. been in a collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 25 1 67 4 NOTES 1 68 Section 2 Features and Controls IKRGYS carena HEDE eee 2 2 Remote Keyless Entry System W sseseeeee 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 4 Doors and Locks l a nener errer rrenen 2 7 Door Locks aaen eE ET 2 7 Power Door LOCKS ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 8 Delayed Locking cisneros erent aA 2 8 Automatic Door LOCK isoiset ipinin 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 9 Rear Door Security LOCKS 0c eseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 9 Lockout Protection ccceceeeeeeeeeee eset ees 2 10 AUK essiri eoat E E HERRE SEE SERENE SEERE 2 10 Windows 252 tins otaanacsenaiingtneecatacanenaiees 2 12 Manual Windows 32522 leo raden rejs 2 13 Power WINdOWS 5 ie lean ENE ds 2 13 S n VISO Siessen e rA 2 13 Theft Deterrent Systems ccceeeeeeee ees 2 14 Content Theft Deterrent ceeeeeeeeeee es 2 14 PASS Key I cccceesecessceseesccessecesesesereneees 2 15 PASS Key Ill Operation 1 2 16 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 17 New Vehicle Break In ccceeeeeee sees eeeees 2 17 Ignition PoSitiONS 2 0 0 0 cece maeneene 2 18 Retained Accessory Power RAP 565 2 20 Starting the Engine c eceeeeeeee
148. belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer to fix it a b A The belt is twisted across the body 1 20 To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment Before you begin to drive move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder To move it down press the release button A and move the height adjuster to the desired position You can move the height OA adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position 1 21 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is
149. c Certification label found on the rear edge of the driver s door tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out Do not carry more than 141 Ibs 64 kg in your vehicle s trunk See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier in this section A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 4 35 If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the
150. came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual 1 44 A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Pull open the top tether anchor trim cover to expose the anchor 2 3 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instruc
151. cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They will not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little
152. ccident the headlamp aim may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your The vertical headlamp aiming screws are located under dealer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed the hood near the headlamps It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described in the following procedure The vehicle should be properly prepared as follows The vehicle should be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall or other flat surface The vehicle must have all four tires on a perfectly level surface which is level all the way to the wall or other flat surface The vehicle should be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall or other flat surface The vehicle should not have any snow ice or mud on it The vehicle should be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being done The vehicle should be normally loaded with a The adjustment screw can be turned with a 6 mm full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg on socket wrench the driver s seat Tires should be properly inflated Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly 5 45 To adjust the vertical aim on the
153. ceeeeees 3 24 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 3 8 Tachometer ccccccceseseseecccceceeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeees 3 24 Flash to Pass EE AE EEA E EE 3 8 Safety Belt Reminder Light 0 00 cc ccee eee 3 24 Windshield WIPGIS miseen ea ETA 3 9 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light 3 25 Windshield Washer cc cece ecece cece ee eeeeeeaeeeeees 3 10 Airbag Readiness Light ce 3 25 Cruise Control sisi sete ne tes se NES 3 10 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 26 Headlamps PEE EE san semana ie 3 13 Charging System Light 0 cccceceeeseeeeeeee 3 28 Wiper Activated Headlamps css 3 14 Up Shift Light ces eteaa a tatereaecdece aeanceenareeeseets 3 29 Headlamps on Reminder siase 3 14 Brake System Warning Light 3 29 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 00 3 14 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 3 30 Fog Lamps KEE E REEL ES ELERS EEK EEK E RER E ERE EEEREEEE 3 15 Enhanced Traction System Warning Light 3 31 Instrument Panel Brightness eeeeee 3 15 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 32 Dome Lamp sade seiabindeei cuits ks EDR RS AE Mende an 3 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Boge fee SERENE SETE FEE 3 32 Entry Exit Lighting 2 sssssnnenrrenrnnernnrrnrrne 3 16 Oil Pressure Light fess tn ce sco Sites ante eautoshes 3 35 Mirror Reading CARDS asexisesasathactee ds sees 3316 Security Light o srenti rasiaan 3 36 Battery Run Down Protect
154. child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint ina rear seat 1 61 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the right front passenger seat is unoccupied e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e aright front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time the right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as
155. cking on page 2 8 and Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 3 45 AUTO UNLK Unlock This feature which allows the vehicle to automatically unlock certain doors can be enabled or disabled When AUTO UNLK appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings ALL default All of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER The drivers door will automatically unlock NONE None of the doors will automatically unlock You will need to manually unlock the doors If you have a manual transaxle vehicle the door s will automatically unlock when the ignition is turned off If you have an automatic transaxle vehicle you can select when the automatic unlocking will occur See UNLK Unlock Automatic Transaxle Only following See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 9 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 3 46 UNLK Unlock Automatic Transaxle Only This screen displays only if your vehicle has an automatic transaxle and DRIVER or ALL is selected for the AUTO UNLK feature This feature determines when the automatic door unlocking will occur When UNLK appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the availab
156. computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel The anti lock system can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard 4 8 As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember Anti lock does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have anti lock brakes Using Anti Lock Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking If you have anti lock brakes you can steer and brake at the same time However if you do not have anti lock brakes your first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down may be the wrong thing to do Your wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to you
157. control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel may be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the passenger s side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right While refueling hang the tethered fuel c
158. crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution If you have the Enhanced Traction System ETS keep the transaxle shift lever in AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D so the system will be able to improve your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road Even though your vehicle has this system you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions Under certain conditions you may want to turn the traction system off such as when driving through deep snow and loose gravel to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 9 If you do not have ETS accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more Unless you have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS you will want to brake very gently too If you do have ABS see Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 7 This system improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Whether you have ABS or not you will want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement Without ABS if you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can 4 27 Remember unless you have ABS if you brake so hard that your wheels stop rolling you will ju
159. ctatmncndtnernencbesdoratianabiyns 1 6 Headlamp TUR ATT go sgirean oann Er 5 44 Headlamp Wiring 222524 heroes 5 93 Headlamps i sedcstccccvenecnartantneeceaer iaiia 3 13 Bulb Replacement sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 47 Daytime Running Lamps eeeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 14 Flash tOsP ASS csccticss beset ode iaaa Hebe onde 3 8 Halogen BUDS 52535513 ii cece tetevcndesawemeencenas 5 47 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 48 High Low Beam Changer e eeeeeeeeeeeerees 3 8 On Reminder c cceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeenes 3 14 Wiper Activated 0 ceceeeeeeeeteeeneeeeeeeeeees 3 14 Heated Seats aiea E EREE a 1 4 Heater aretara E E see eee 3 17 Height Adjuster Driver Seat cceeeeeeee ees 1 3 Highbeam On Light c eseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneees 3 36 Highway Hypnosis s isirnien iin niie nsina 4 23 Hill and Mountain Roads e 4 24 Hood Checking Things Under eeeeeeneeeeeees 5 10 Release iiri cnie en Han br arne n o 5 11 HOM eee Mest sexe ncanatacaasse cea suemanasaeate 3 6 How to Use This Manual eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees ii How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 5 1 15 Hydraulie Clute 153 arsen gede ioiai 5 23 IQMIMOM POSMOS srida a E 2 18 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 32 Inflation Tire Pressure ccceeeeeee tees eees 5 61 Instrum
160. ctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 51 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds Then the light should go out This means the system is ready e N 3 25 If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 26 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator If your vehicle has the passenger sensing system then your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 e A wy A A
161. cts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your hazard warning flashers A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving Set the parking brake firmly Put an automatic transaxle shift lever in PARK P or shift a manual transaxle to FIRST 1 or REVERSE R Turn off the engine and do not res
162. cts or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals Doing Your Own Service Work If you want to do some of your own service work you will want to use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see A CAUTION Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 17 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting You can be injured and your vehicle could be to do your own service work see Servicing Your damaged if you try to do service work on a Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 64 vehicle without knowing enough about it You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list Be sure you have sufficient knowledge the mileage and the date of any service work you experience the proper replacement parts perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 15 and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer
163. d characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics 5 67 Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat bui
164. d rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering cables for proper hook up binding cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine GM parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Visually inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace wiper blades that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance f Lubricate all key lock cylinders door hinges and latches hood hinges and latches and trunk lid hinges and latches More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will mak
165. down In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags which adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic frontal sensor which helps the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts these airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level for the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph 19 to 26 km h and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph 29 to 38 5 km h The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if
166. dren can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 30 A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash 1 31 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint 1 32 A CAUTION People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much
167. e terminal marked GND Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 5 43 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal GND B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 5 44 To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the positive terminal cover to its original position Headlamp Aiming The vehicle has a visual optical headlamp aiming system The aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However If the vehicle is damaged in an a
168. e if battery power is available You can lock the doors again turn the interior lamps off turn the hazard warning flashers off and turn the climate control system on by using the controls for those features 1 59 In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for your airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 7 11 Let only qualified technicians work on your airbag system Improper service can mean that your airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service 1 60 Passenger Sensing System If your vehicle has one of the indicators pictured in the following illustrations then your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position A passenger airbag status indicator on the instrument panel will be visible when you turn your ignition key to START or RUN The words O
169. e GM parts Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your GM Goodwrench dealer has GM trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system 6 4 If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may b
170. e and use the safety belt To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added the seatback and the interior body to remove the safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown guide from its storage clip booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head 1 25 2 Slide the guide under and past the belt The elastic cord must be under the belt Then place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 1 26 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described in Rear Seat Passengers on page 1 22 Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guides squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guides Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them in between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person weari
171. e caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 62 High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load If your vehicle has 215 45R18 size tires set the cold tire inflation pressure to 35 psi 241 kPa for the front and rear tires when operating your vehicle under high speed conditions When you end high speed driving return the tires to the cold inflation pressure shown on the tire and loading information label Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 64 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 68 for more information The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all
172. e defogger grid 3 20 Outlet Adjustment Use the thumbwheels located next to and below the air outlets to change the direction of the airflow and to open and close the outlets Operation Tips Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively Passenger Compartment Air Filter Passenger compartment air both outside air and recirculated air is routed through a passenger compartment filter The filter removes certain particles from the air including pollen and dust particles Reductions in airflow which may occur more quickly in dusty areas indicate that the filter needs to be replaced early The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for replacement intervals See your retailer for details on changing the filter To find out what type of filter to use see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 To access the passenger compartment air filter you must go through the glove box 1 Open the glove box and remove all articles from i gt N the inside 3 Open the passenger compartment air filter door by reaching through the opening in the
173. e engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the reset procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil ask your dealer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 83 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 5 21 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filt
174. e first character is certified to European standards B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide 5 58 D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power w
175. e is displayed You can also acknowledge and clear some warning messages from the DIC display by pressing either the reset or information buttons Your vehicle may have other warning messages AUTO Automatic LIGHTS OFF This message is displayed if the automatic headlamp system is disabled with the headlamp switch AUTO Automatic LIGHTS ON This message is displayed if the automatic headlamp system is enabled with the headlamp switch BRAKE FLUID This message will display if the ignition is on to inform the driver that the brake fluid level is low Have the brake system serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible CHANGE OIL SOON This message is displayed when the life of the engine oil has expired and it should be changed When you acknowledge the CHANGE OIL SOON message by clearing it from the display you still must reset the engine oil life system separately See OIL LIFE RESET under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information CHECK GAS CAP This message is displayed if the gas cap has not been fully tightened You should recheck your gas cap to ensure that it is on properly A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the display off CRUISE ENGAGED This message is displayed when the cruise control system is active See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information DOOR AJAR Thi
176. e left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you 4 43 Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you are turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring Check with your dealer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you are about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working 4 44 Driving on Grades Notice Do not tow on steep continuous grades exceeding 6 miles 9 6 km Extended higher than normal engine and transaxle temperatures may result and damage
177. e may not even realize the airbag inflated Roof mounted side impact airbags deflate more slowly and may still be at least partially inflated minutes after the vehicle comes to rest Some components of the airbag module the steering wheel hub for the driver s airbag the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag or the garnish trim near the ceiling and the side windows may be hot for a short time The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There will be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it stop people from leaving the vehicle A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there is dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on turn the hazard warning flashers on and turn off the climate control system when the airbags inflat
178. e on the windshield blocking your vision When you release the button the washers will stop but the wipers will continue to wipe for about three times or will resume the speed you were using before 3 10 Cruise Control With cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel spinning and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the steering wheel On Off Press this button to turn the cruise control system on and off RES Resume Press this part of the button to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press this part of the button to set a speed and to decrease the speed
179. e power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The children or others could be badly injured or even killed Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children One key is used for the ignition the doors and all other locks When a new vehicle is delivered the dealer removes the key tag from the key and gives it to the first owner Each tag has a code on it that tells your dealer or a qualified locksmith how to make extra keys Keep the tag in a safe place If you lose your key you will be able to have a new one made easily using the tag If you need a new key contact your dealer who can obtain the correct key code See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If your vehicle is equipped with the OnStar system with an active subscription and you lock your keys inside the vehicle OnStar may be able to send a command to unlock your vehicle See OnStar System on page 2 35 for more information Remote Keyless Entry System If the vehicle has the keyless entry system it operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accep
180. e required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j 0 0 e Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 See footnote k Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a 0 0 o Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels If you have the 2 0L L4 supercharged engine check intercooler fluid level Add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section inspect suspension and steering components See footnote inspect engine cooling system Seetoomoe c D T inspect wiper blades See foomo D T inspect restraint
181. e them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Check system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator or cruise control cables h Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions the fluid and filter do not require changing i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed k If you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change I f you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often m Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or
182. ect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 10 11 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Your vehicle has a remote negativ
183. ed life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 29 5 23 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C Protect against rust and corrosion Help keep the proper engine temperature Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 25 000 miles 41 500 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle 5 24 What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would no
184. eds service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer who can service the PASS Key Ill to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 It is possible for the PASS Key IIl decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key IIl to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new key do the following 1 2 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it Insert the already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer for service After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK and remove the key Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to the RUN position within five seconds of the original key being turned to the LOCK position The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed Repeat Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are ever driving and the security light comes on and stays on
185. eeeeeeeeee tenes 2 20 Engine Coolant Heater eeceeeeeeeeeneee ees 2 22 Automatic Transaxle Operation eee 2 23 Manual Transaxle Operation eeeeeeeees 2 25 Parking Brake i ge enore i 2 27 Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle 2 28 Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle 2 30 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transaxle 2 30 Parking Over Things That Burn 00ee 2 31 Engine Exhaust csr sc osse aiim epai bed rican 2 31 Running the Engine While Parked 2 32 MIOS Eee E E 2 33 Manual Rearview Mirror ccce 2 33 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar cccccccccceeceeeee eee ees 2 33 Outside Manual Mirror eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 33 Outside Remote Control Mirror 2 33 Outside Power Mirrors ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 34 Outside Convex Mirror ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 34 OnStar System ccc ccc cccccceeeeceeeeees 2 35 Storage Areas us adress 2 37 GIGVE BOX sorse ene E E EEE tenes 2 37 Cupholder S ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeenes 2 37 Center Console Storage Area ceeeeeeeeee 2 37 Drivers Storage Compartment 6 eeeeeee 2 37 Convenience Net ceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 37 SUNTO siaip E NE 2 38 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons They could operate th
186. em with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 29 The anti lock brake system warning light will come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN This is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem Enhanced Traction System Warning Light If your vehicle is equipped with the Enhanced Traction System ETS this warning light should come on briefly as you start the engine If the warning light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If the warning light stays on or comes on when you are driving there may be a problem with your Enhanced Traction System and your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The Enhanced Traction System warning light may come on for the following reasons If you turn the system off by moving the shift lever to FIRST 1 the warning light will come on and stay on To turn the system back on move the shift lever back to a position other than FIRST 1 The warning light should go off See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 9 for more information The warning light will come on when you set your parking brake with the engine running and it will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than F
187. en a se 1 32 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 41 Older Children 0cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 29 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position iisi inet onnessani niens 1 46 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position sas 1 48 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 40 Cigarette Lighter ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 17 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 88 Exterior Lamps Lenses ceeeeeeeeereeees 5 87 Fabric Carpet ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 85 Finish Gale serinus ee eea 5 87 Inside of Your Vehicle cceeeeeeee eee es 5 83 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES ereraa 5 86 Cleaning cont Leather sireci a 5 85 TOS 5 er en E T ke 5 89 Underbody Maintenance 1 W sssseseseereeern enes 5 90 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 87 WeatherstripS lt c st2e0 ct AEA 5 86 Windshield and Wiper Blades 008 5 88 Climate Control System W u ssssseeeeere renerne 3 17 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 3 20 Outlet Adjustment 2 0 2 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee rener 3 20 Clutch Ay drauli 2 c ceceeccececcessdcvaeseseauecseces ceesuds 5 23 Collision Damage Repair e eeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 7 12 Comfort Guides Rear Safety Belt 1 25 Compact Spare Tire cceseeeee
188. en a small amount Press the switch down fully and the window will go all the way down To stop the window while it is lowering pull the front of the switch up Window Lockout ax Window Lockout The drivers window controls also include a lockout switch Press the right side of the switch to prevent the rear passengers from using their window switches The driver can still control all the windows with the lockout on Press the switch to the left to return to normal window operation A red bar on the right side of the switch indicates that the lockout feature is off Sun Visors To block out glare swing down the visor s The visors can also be detached from the center mount and swung to the side to cover the windows Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle may have a drivers side vanity mirror Swing down the sun visor and lift the cover to expose the mirror Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent fi Your vehicle may have a content theft deterrent alarm system Arming the System With the ignition off you can arm the system by doing any one of the following Press the remote keyless entry transmitter lock button Press the power door lock switch while the driver s door is open The system will arm after either
189. ency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Tracking AccidentAssist Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert Remote Diagnostics Online Concierge Directions and Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services Driving Directions RideAssist Information and Convenience Services 2 36 OnStar Personal Calling As an OnStar subscriber the Personal Calling capability allows you to make hands free calls using a wireless system that is integrated into the vehicle Calls can be placed nationwide using simple voice commands with no additional contracts and no additional roaming charges To find out more about OnStar Personal Calling refer to the OnStar User s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak to an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor Your vehicle may have Virtual Advisor It is a feature of OnStar Personal Calling that uses your minutes to access weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics Customize your information profile at www myonstar com See the OnStar user s guide for more information Storage Areas Glove Box Open the glove box by lifting up on the lever Close the glove box with a firm push Cupholder s There are two cupholders located at the fro
190. eneeeeeneee tenes 1 7 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Rear Seats oe dorn ccs cha coiesseceeaecceie 1 8 Seat Position roe ateeeeeterentents 1 46 i i Securing a Child Restraint in the Right g n ine Pear Seat esas iaa rn i 5 Front Seat POSIHIOM 2 2225 2 d2encessasteeeasedeed 1 48 afety Belts c cece eceeeeee eee eeee eee eener i Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 1 9 ae Airbags pt mee ee oe Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 14 a phe tieninentneetinersereaeante When Should an Airbag Inflate ee 1 57 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 15 te What Makes an Airbag Inflate e 1 58 Driver POSIIOMN gc is feces tc aa a paaie 1 15 How Does an Airbad Restrain 1 58 Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment 000 1 21 nie ao ease Re Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 22 Airbaa Inflates 1 59 Right Front Passenger Position 06 1 22 g ae ee gee Sg er Passenger Sensing System seeeeeeeeeees 1 60 Lt ae ce ee Hen Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 Safety Belt Pretensioners c eceeeeeeeees 1 28 gu Fu ell to Your Airbag Equipped 1 65 Safety Belt Extender ccceeeceeeeeeeeeaeeaes 1 28 Sea a ne ee eps Restraint System Check ceeeeeeee tenes 1 66 Checking the Restraint Systems
191. ent Panel OVEIVIOW cincea Micclomesontaanecs 3 4 Instrument Panel I P BriQhtM SS scesi eS 3 15 CIUSTOL e hive 3 23 J mp Starting sx seeccceeiaivie desi tealaisvereeias aS 5 40 Keyless Entry System KEYS rr kai T 2 2 Labeling Tire Sidewall ececeeeeeeeee sees Lamps Battery Run Down Protection 6066 Dome FOG essence siantanansenners aticarsesatneaabansonntessaecake Mirror Reading ccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee LATCH System Child Restraints neern enrii Light Airbag Readiness ceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees Anti Lock Brake System Warning 00 Brake System Warning cseeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Charging System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een rene Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Enhanced Traction System ETS Warning Light Fog Lamp Highbeam On Malfunction Indicator aordenan Oil Pressure Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Safety Belt Reminder Security Up Shift Lighting EYES TE 5 armor a ere reen 3 16 Limited Slip Differential u ssssseeerereeree 4 11 Loading Your Vehicle e ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 31 LOCKOUt Protection ireren eteron 2 10 Locks Automatic Door Lock cccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 9 Delayed Locking sisser DENE 2 8 DOOM zerain cis acre ee re EE 2 7 Lockout Protection sviiscctctcce bh eds 2 10 Power DOOP
192. er 2 2L and 2 4L L4 Engines To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required Di 2 moll Sy y TT Ly aoe ey ON NEN has Wo 2 0L L4 Supercharged Engine There is a special procedure for inspecting and replacing the filter Because this procedure is difficult you should have it done at your dealer service department Contact your dealer for additional information or the procedure can be found in the service manual To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 17 A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off To inspect or replace the filter remove the screws that hold the cover on and lift off the cover Be sure to reinstall the cover tightly 5 22 Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transaxle Fluid It is not necessa
193. er hour km h Press and hold the reset button while AV SPEED is displayed to reset the average vehicle speed 3 39 OIL LIFE Press the information button until OIL LIFE is displayed The engine oil life system shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life It will show 100 when the system is reset after an oil change It will alert you to change your oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Engine Oil on page 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Always reset the engine oil life system after an oil change See How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System under Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 and OIL LIFE RESET under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 42 COOLANT Press the information button until COOLANT is displayed This mode shows the temperature of the engine coolant in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C 3 40 DIC Warnings and Messages These messages will appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems Any message will clear when the vehicle s condition is no longer present The warning message will come back on the next time the vehicle is turned off and back on if the condition is still present With most messages a warning chime will sound when the messag
194. er sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is failsafe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 for more on this including important safety information 3 27 If after several seconds all status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service A CAUTION If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 25 3 28 Charging System Light The charging system light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition and the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working Then it should go out when the eng
195. erally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency
196. ert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section 14 Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 2 Fast Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 5A Random Press this pushbutton to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RANDOM ON will appear on the display Turn the ADJ knob while in random to take you to the previous or next track in sequential order Press RDM again to turn off random play RANDOM OFF will appear on the display 6 gt Repeat Press this pushbutton once to hear a track over again REPEAT ON and the repeat symbol will appear on the display The current track will continue to repeat Turn the ADJ knob while in repeat to take you to the previous or next track Press RPT again to turn off
197. ess Light on page 3 25 for more on this including important safety information 1 63 Aftermarket equipment such as seat covers can affect Servicing Your Airbag Equipped how well the passenger sensing system operates You may want to consider not using seat covers or other Vehicle aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 65 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system z To purchase a service manual see Service Publications A CAUTION Ordering Information on page 7 17 Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and A CAUTION seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system For up to 20 seconds after the ignition key is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the
198. est fan speed Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of your vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in your vehicle has cooled turn off the recirculation by pressing the button again The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air SO you may sometimes notice a small amount of water dripping underneath your vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal The air conditioning compressor cannot be turned on when the fan is off Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your windshield and side windows Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting Turn the left knob to select the defog or defrost mode N Defog This mode directs approximately half of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets and half to the floor outlets When you select this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor To defog the windows faster turn the temperature control knob clockwise to the warmest setting Recirculation mode is
199. ets See Climate Control System on page 3 17 Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 20 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Cruise Control Buttons If Equipped See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 79 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 23 Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Windshield Wiper Washer Controls See Windshield Wipers on page 3 9 and Windshield Washer on page 3 10 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 48 Fog Lamp Button If Equipped See Fog Lamps on page 3 15 Trunk Release See Trunk on page 2 10 L Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 15 Horn See Horn on page 3 6 Driver Information Control Button See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 38 Cigarette Lighter If Equipped Accessory Power Outlet If Equipped See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 3 17 and Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 Shift Lever Manual Shown See Manual Transaxle Operation on page 2 25 and Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 2 23 Climate Controls See Climate Control System on page 3 17 Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator and Heated Seats Button If Equipped See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 26 and Heated Seats on page
200. ety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle Ina collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators to remind you and your passengers to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 24 and Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 25 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 30 years
201. ey remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible 5 87 Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a glass cleaning liquid or powder and water solution The windshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsed with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn 5 88 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels The vehicle may be equipped with either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes
202. found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in roa
203. g conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM torque specifications If your vehicle has rear drum brakes they do not have wear indicators but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise have the rear brake linings inspected immediately Also the rear brake drums should be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed for rotation or changing When you have the front brake pads replaced have the rear brakes inspected too Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you make a moderate brake stop your disc brakes adjust for wear If you rarely make a moderate or heavier stop then your brakes might not adjust correctly If you drive in that way then very carefully make a few moderate brake stops about every 1 000 miles 1 600 km so your brakes will adjust properly If you have rear drum brakes and your brake pedal goes down farther than normal the rear drum brakes may need adjustment Adjust
204. g to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep your battery from running down A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 40 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely 5 40 A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but
205. ge try a known good CD 3 72 Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen instead Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section 14 Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track The sound will be muted Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 2 Fast Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly within a track The sound will be muted Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 5A Random Press this pushbutton to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RANDOM ON will appear on the display Turn the ADJ knob while in random to take you to the previous or next track in sequential order Press RDM again to turn off random play RANDOM OFF will appear on the display 6 gt Repeat Press this pushbut
206. ge Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly e
207. ger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to A CAUTION place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit If the airbag readiness light in the instrument upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbag means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readin
208. ha alcohol etc Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surf
209. happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Airbag System Your vehicle has a frontal airbag for the driver and a frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have roof mounted side impact airbags Roof mounted side impact airbags are available for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver and for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind that passenger If your vehicle has side impact airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the airbag covering on the garnish trim near the ceiling and the side windows Frontal airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating frontal airbag But these airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job and comply with federal regulations 1 51 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you a
210. hat the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake and or clutch hydraulic system If it is you should have your brake and or clutch system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes and or clutch will not work well or will not work at all So it is not a good idea to top off your brake clutch fluid Adding fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when your brake linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake clutch hydraulic system A CAUTION If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake and or clutch hydraulic system When your brake fluid falls to a low level your brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 29 What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reser
211. he POWER STEERING message comes on contact your dealer for service repairs See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both control systems steering and braking have to do their work where the tires meet the road Unless you have four wheel anti lock brakes adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places You can lose control The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make y
212. he radio will display the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages will be shortened The display will not show parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename will not be displayed Preprogrammed Playlists You can access preprogrammed playlists which were created by WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software however you will not have editing capability These playlists will be treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files 3 75 Playing an MP3 With the ignition on insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and READING DISC will appear on the display The CD should begin playing and the CD symbol will appear on the display If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the eject button or the DISP knob If you turn off the ignition or radio with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When you turn on the ignition or radio the CD will start to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number will appear on the display The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs without an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the
213. he vehicle Prices are subject to change without notice and without ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are Eastern Time quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make For Credit Card Orders Only checks payable in U S funds VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeee 5 3 Accessory Power Outlet S c eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 16 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped VENS est re sitrer ele 1 65 Additives Fuel ccccccececeeeeeeeeceeeeeteeeenenees 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment 0eeeeeeee ees 5 92 Air Cleaner Filter Engine eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 21 Air GOnditioniing eneeier i eiaa 3 17 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator 0 000e 3 26 Readiness Light ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 3 25 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM 7 11 Airbag System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 1 51 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped V RGE sepson na ore Ei 1 65 How Does an Airbag Restrain 1 58 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeeees 1 60 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 8 1 58 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates
214. he vehicle s horn to chirp every time the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LOCK HORN appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp on the first press of the remote keyless entry transmitter lock button The horn will still chirp on the second press ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the remote keyless entry transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 3 44 UNLOCK HORN If your vehicle has remote keyless entry this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter can be enabled or disabled When UNLOCK HORN appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp when the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature LIGHT FLASH If your vehic
215. headlamps do the following 1 Find the aim dot on the lens of the low beam lamp 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the lamp Record the distance 3 At the wall or other flat surface measure from the ground upward the recorded distance from Step 2 and draw or tape a horizontal line the width of the vehicle 5 46 at ae oe FE KEN ER ORR 4 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being aimed This should allow only the beam of light from the headlamp being aimed to be seen on the flat surface Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 5 Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line The top edge of the cut off should be positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line 6 Repeat Steps 4 and 5 for the opposite headlamp Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 53 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps
216. hey also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads WN MN maw Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be
217. how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 4 39 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 4 46 Example 1 iinet emai oh pie als item Description Taa towing safety rules and trailering tips Vehicle Capacity Weight OA for Example 1 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x2 Available Occupant and oe Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg 4 33 Example 2 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant 750 Ibs 340 kg 250 Ibs 113 kg Weight 150 lbs 68 kg x 5 Available Cargo 4 34 Example 3 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 0 Ibs 0 kg 91 kg x5 C Available Cargo Weight Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Label MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP DATE GVWR GAWR FRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL gp en OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE D FM WN ABOVE 2007 ASS CAR A A vehicle specifi
218. ht duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 61 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead 5 60 Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 64 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 67 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs 68 kg p
219. if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Visually inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Tires on page 5 54 for further details Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 71 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 27 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 On automatic transaxle vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position your vehicle needs service On manual transaxle vehicles put the shift lever in NEUTRAL N push the clutch down halfway and try to start the engine The vehicle should start only when the clutch is pushed down all the way to the floor If
220. ift the cap to access the terminal 5 41 The remote negative ground terminal marked GND is located behind A CAUTION the engine coolant surge tank Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed i i in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there for more information on the location of the lf it is low add water to take care of that first positive and negative terminals on your vehicle A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the If you don t explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan 5 42 A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you conn
221. ilable at this time on this not available channel The system is working properly No Information No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this time message available on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM Theft Locked Theft lock active The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your GM dealer XM Radio ID Radio ID label If tuned to channel 0 this message will alternate with the channel 0 XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if may be a receiver fault Consult with your GM dealer hardware failure Check XM Receivr Hardware failure in the If this message does not clear within a short period of time receiver module the receiver may have a fault Consult with your GM dealer Check XM XM not available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your GM dealer 3 61 Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it i
222. in the vehicle Litho in U S A Part No 06COBALT A First Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2005 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you wil
223. indows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Inflation Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 61 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating fo
224. ine is started If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the electrical charging system Have it checked by your GM dealer Driving while this light is on could drain your battery If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner Up Shift Light Your vehicle may have an up shift light When this light comes on you should shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions allow you to This light is located in your instrument panel cluster to the left of the tachometer United States Only See Manual Transaxle Operation on page 2 25 for more information Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away O Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 29 When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stay
225. ing the Child Within the Child Restraint There are several systems for securing the child within the child restraint One system the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint A child can be endangered in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint 1 39 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that
226. ingly See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 9 for more information PARKING BRAKE This message is displayed if the parking brake is left engaged See Parking Brake on page 2 27 POWER STEERING This message is displayed if a problem has been detected with the electric power steering Have your vehicle serviced by your GM dealer immediately 3 42 SERVICE AIR BAG This message is displayed when there is a problem with the airbag system Let only a qualified technician work on your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced by your GM dealer immediately TRUNK AJAR This message is displayed when the trunk lid of your vehicle is not closed completely You should make sure that the trunk lid is closed completely See Trunk on page 2 10 DIC Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle has personalization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to a preferred setting All of the features listed may not be available on your vehicle Only the features available will be displayed on your DIC The default settings for the features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since then To change feature settings use the following procedure Entering Personalization Menu 1 Turn the ignition on while the vehicle is stopped 2 Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for several seconds then release to enter the personalization menu
227. ion se 3 16 Fog Lamp Light sccssssssseseeeseeteteteeees 3 36 Accessory Power Outlet s sner 3 16 Highbeam On Light lt cccazcsasdessseaseeasaetahereactasa 3 36 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 3 17 Fuel Gage wccsnisicccanscactascaetdanctansesneaungemntmaneeds 3 36 BOOSt Gage imoni reden ae 3 37 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Driver Information Center DIC 3 38 Radio with CD Uplevel eeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 55 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeeeees 3 38 Radio with CD MP3 esetsi inin eian 3 64 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 seeeeeees 3 40 Theft Deterrent Feature ccseeeeeeeeeeees 3 79 DIC Vehicle Personalization 0 0000ee 3 42 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0 3 79 Audio System S scot bt ai eke ede 3 48 Radio RECePHON Sissis rsisi rrei 3 80 Setting the Time for Radios without Radio Care Of Your CDS sonic me eee 3 81 Data Systems RDS seeren 3 49 Care of the CD Player ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 81 Setting the Time for Radios with Radio Data Fixed Mast Antenna PEETRE E EEE EEEE E 3 81 Systems RDS ncctcaccinincararsececesronesnacansetes 3 49 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 81 Radio with CD Base Level c eeeeeeeeees 3 50 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview 3 4 The main components of your instrument panel are the following A Side Window Outl
228. ion starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to RUN for normal driving A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door while in LOCK or ACC when the key has not been removed from the ignition Column Lock Release The following procedure allows the ignition to be turned to LOCK and for ignition key removal in case of a dead battery or low voltage battery 1 Make sure the shift lever is in PARK P 2 Using a tool pry off the cover from the bottom of the steering column 3 Place your finger into the access hole and locate the plunger 4 Press and hold the plunger toward the driver s door while turning the ignition key to LOCK Remove the key Have your vehicle serviced at your GM dealer as soon as possible 2 20 Retained Accessory Power RAP Your vehicle has a Retained Accessory Power RAP feature which allow s the radio power windows and sunroof to continue to work up to 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off Your vehicle s radio will work when the ignition key is in RUN or ACC Once the key is turned from RUN to LOCK the radio will continue to work for 10 minutes or until the driver s door is opened Also the power windows and sunroof will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened Starting the Engine Automatic Transaxle Move the shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N The engine will not start
229. irst 3 54 CD Messages If the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again There may have been a problem while burning the CD The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your GM dealer when reporting the problem Radio with CD Uplevel AUTO AUTO ADJ DISP Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the radio can do the following Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies Display messages from radio stations This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and will only work when the information is available In rare cases a radio station may broadcast incorrect information that will cause the radio features to work improperly If th
230. is information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles and driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or e as required by law In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may use the data for GM research needs make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection Collision Dama
231. is happens contact the radio station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or call letters will appear on the display RDS stations may also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available XM offers over 100 coast to coast channels including music news sports talk and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 3 55 Playing the Radio D Power Press this knob to turn the system on and off Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume AUTO Automatic Volume With automatic volume the audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road and wind noise as you drive Set the volume at the desired level Press this button to select LOW MEDIUM or HIGH AUTO VOL LOW AUTO VOL MEDIUM or AUTO VOL HIGH will appear on the display Each higher setting will allow for more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Then as you drive automatic volume increases the volume as necessary to overcome noise at any speed The volume level
232. is not visible in the fill neck add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the fill neck but be sure that the cooling system including the fill neck pressure cap is cool before you do so A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the intercooler system pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the intercooler system including the intercooler system pressure cap is hot Wait for the intercooler system and intercooler system pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 5 27 A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your intercooler system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine intercooler and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 5 28 You can rem
233. isplay 2 Fast Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly within a track Press and hold this pushbutton for less than two seconds to advance at eight times the normal playing speed Release this pushbutton to play the track FWD and the elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 3 Previous Folder Press this pushbutton to go to the first track in the previous folder Pressing this pushbutton while in folder random mode will take you to the previous folder and random the tracks in that folder 4 Next Folder Press this pushbutton to go to the first track in the next folder Pressing this pushbutton while in folder random mode will take you to the next folder and random the tracks in that folder 5A Random To random the tracks in the current folder or playlist press and release this pushbutton Press Random again while FLDR RANDOM ON or PLST RANDOM ON is being displayed and DISR RANDOM ON will then appear on the display Once DISR RANDOM ON is displayed the radio will play tracks randomly across entire disc After all of the tracks in the current folder or playlist have been played the system will move on to the next folder or playlist and play all of the tracks in random order When in random pressing and releasing either SEEK arrow will take you to the next or previous random track Turn the ADJ knob while in random to take you to the previous or next track in sequential o
234. k is locked Move the seat rearward until it locks into place Rear Seats Split Folding Rear Seat You can fold either side of the rear seatback down for more cargo space To lower the rear seatback follow these steps 2 Once the handle is pulled the seatback can be pushed open through the trunk or pulled open from the inside of the vehicle 1 Open the trunk and pull one or both of the small handles located in the center of the trunk To raise the rear seatback lift it up and push rearward until you hear a click Push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked into place A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always pull forward on the top of the seatback at the area of the latch to be sure it is locked A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a Saf
235. l find these notices Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 Features and Controls in Section 2 Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 Audio System s in Section 3 Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle LATCH BOTH LAP AND Baal SHOULDER BELTS TO E tol ENGINE iiae INJURY PROTECT OCCUPANT SWITCH 7 COOLANT PRESSURE DO NOT TWIST SAFETY i TEMP BELT WHEN ATTACHING PROTECT TURN FUSE 2 TO EYES BY FASTEN
236. l is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage 5 64 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall by the tire manufacturer If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 56 for additional information Tire size 205 55R16 91 H used on some vehicles meets the General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec rating but the TPC Spec code has not been molded onto the tire
237. lap shoulder belt and Older Children get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 1 29 Q What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck A If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window move the child toward the center of the vehicle Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides on page 1 25 If the child is sitting in the center rear seat passenger position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint the belts provide A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two chil
238. lay You will hear the announcement even if the volume is low or a CD is playing If a CD is playing play will stop during the announcement Alert announcements cannot be turned off ALERT will not be affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system This feature is not supported by all RDS stations MSG Message If the current station has a message MSG will appear on the display Press this button to see the message The message may display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message will appear every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release the MSG button A new group of words will appear on the display after every press of the button Once the complete message has been displayed MSG will disappear from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the MSG button You can view the last message until a new message is received or a different station is tuned to When a message is not available from a station NO MESSAGE will appear on the display Radio Messages CALIBRATE The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If CALIBRATE appears on the display it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your GM dealer for service LOCKED This message is displayed when the THEFTLOCK system has locked
239. ldup and possible tire failure 5 68 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your dealer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original e
240. le could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place 4 Wheel Nuts 5 Wheel Nuts 13 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare you could damage the cover or the spare Do not try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare tire It will not fit Store the wheel cover in the trunk until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced 5 80 Base Model nmo Cover Retainer Jack and Wheel Wrench Stow Bolt Extension Spare Tire Bolt 5 81 Cover Retainer Jack and Wheel Wrench Stow Bolt Extension Spare Tire Foam Support Bolt To store a flat or spare tire and tools do the following 1 Remove the stow bolt extension rod and sleeve from the jack 2 Re attach the wheel wrench to the jack 3 Place the flat tire face down into the spare tire hub Avoid scraping the aluminum wheel if equipped on the hold down bolt 4 Screw the stow bolt extension rod and the sleeve into the existing spare tire hold down bolt 5 Place the jack into the center of the flat tire being careful not to scratch the inside of the wheel 6 Place the smaller jack hold down nut in a safe place for use when you put the compact spare tire back into the trunk 7 Remove the plastic sleeve from the stow bolt extension rod Secure
241. le has remote keyless entry this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior hazard turn signal lighting to flash every time the lock or unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LIGHT FLASH appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will not flash when the lock or unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed ON default The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will flash when the lock or unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature DELAY LOCK This feature which delays the actual locking of the vehicle can be enabled or disabled When DELAY LOCK appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings ON default The doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door is closed You can temporarily override delayed locking by pressing the power lock switch or the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter a second time OFF The doors will lock immediately when pressing the power lock switch or the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter See Power Door Locks on page 2 8 Delayed Lo
242. le settings KEY OFF The door s will unlock when the ignition is turned off SHIFT TO P Park default The door s will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 9 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature EXT Exterior LIGHTS If your vehicle has remote keyless entry this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior perimeter lighting to turn on each time the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When EXT LIGHTS appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior perimeter lighting will not turn on when the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed ON default The exterior perimeter lighting will turn on when the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC will display Press the reset button to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default The DIC will display all information in English FRENCH The DIC will display all inform
243. locked at a Language Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language XM Updating Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and encryption code no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text after 4 second delay data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail Channel no This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned longer available Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info Artist Name Feature No artist information is available at this time on this channel not available The system is working properly No Title Info Song Program Title No song title information is available at this time on this not available channel The system is working properly 3 60 XM Radio Messages cont d Radio Display F 7 Message Condition Action Required No CAT Info Category Name No category information is ava
244. lus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing Too much heat e Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride Needless damage from road hazards A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar below the driver s door latch This label lists your vehicle s original equipment tires and their recommended cold tire inflation pressures The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional info
245. lutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you are going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into FIRST 1 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal 2 25 THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL NEUTRAL Use this position when you start or idle your engine REVERSE R To back up press down the clutch pedal and shift into REVERSE R Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Also use REVERSE R along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle For vehicles with the 2 0L Supercharged engine press down the clutch pedal Then lift up
246. ly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Climate Controls Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling and ventilation for your vehicle Vehicles with Air Conditioning shown without Air Conditioning similar 3 17 Operation To change the current mode select one of the following pe Vent This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets Wi Bi Level This mode directs approximately half of the air to the instrument panel outlets and then directs the remaining air to the floor outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets id Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side windows The left knob can also be used to select defog or defrost mode Information on defogging and defrosting can be found later in this section Recirculation is not available in this mode Fan Turn the center knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed In any setting other than off the fan will run continuously with the ignition on The fan must be turned on to run the air conditioning compressor O Off To turn the fan off turn the knob all the way counterclockwise to the off position Temperature Control Turn the right knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside your vehicle lt
247. m see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 There is no top tether anchor at the right front seating position Do not secure a child restraint in this position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 if your child restraint has a top tether You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has a right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Manual Seats on page 1 2 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you turn the ignition to RUN or START See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 26 v Put the child restraint on the seat Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of
248. mbol on it It is located under the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle Then go to the front of the vehicle and push the secondary hood release lever to the left It is located under the front center of the hood toward the driver s side of the vehicle After you have partially lifted the hood a gas strut will automatically take over to lift and hold the hood in the fully open position Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Lower the hood until the lifting force of the strut is reduced then release the hood to latch fully Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 2 2L L4 engine 2 4L L4 engine similar here is what you will see Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 36 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 23 Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 96 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 40 Remote Negative Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 40 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Cooling System on p
249. more information on wiper blade inspection Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 Here is how to remove the wiper blades 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release lever and slide the wiper assembly toward the driver s side of the vehicle 3 Install a new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2 Tires CAUTION Continued Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions Underinflated tires pose the same danger about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your GM Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with your vehicle s owner manual A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If
250. n Press this button to select the desired equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization will be automatically recalled whenever a CD is played For more information see AUTO EQ listed previously in this section BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening SRCE Source Press this button to play a CD or to access a remote device if installed when listening to the radio pas Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject may be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs may be loaded with the radio and ignition off if this button is pressed first 3 73 Using an MP3 CD MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R disc Make sure to finalize the disc when burning an MP3 disc using multiple sessions It is usually better to burn the disc all at once Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or variable bit rates Song title artist name and album will be available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc Make sure playlists have a pls or m3u or rmp extension other file extensions may not work The player will be able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files Long file names folder names
251. n and the CD should begin playing If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the eject button or the DISP knob As each new track starts to play the track number will appear on the display If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs without an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 3 81 later in this section If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD 3 62 Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen instead Notice If you add any label to a CD ins
252. n symbol on the keyless entry system transmitter The lamps inside your vehicle will stay on for about 20 seconds after your key is removed from the ignition to provide an illuminated exit Mirror Reading Lamps Your vehicle may have reading lamps on the rearview mirror Push the button to turn the reading lamps on and off Battery Run Down Protection Your vehicle is equipped with a battery saver feature designed to protect your vehicle s battery When any interior lamp is left on and the ignition is turned off the battery rundown protection system will automatically turn the lamp off after 20 minutes This will avoid draining the battery Accessory Power Outlet s Accessory power outlets can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone or CB radio The outlet can accept electrical equipment rated at a maximum of 20 amps The accessory power outlet is located in the center console rearward of the shift lever To use the outlet remove the cover When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer fo
253. n to enter the clock set mode then press and hold the clock button for three seconds until UPDATED appears on the display If the time is not available from the station NO UPDATE will appear on the display RDS time is broadcast once a minute After tuning to an RDS broadcast station it may take a few minutes for the time to update 3 49 Radio with CD Base Level ADJ DISP Playing the Radio D Power Press this knob to turn the system on and off Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume 3 50 DISP Display Press this knob to switch the display between the time radio station frequency When the ignition is off press this knob to display the time To change the default on the display press the DISP knob until you see the display you want then hold the knob for two seconds The radio will produce a beep and the selected display will now be the default Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 and AM The display will show the selection ADJ Adjust Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for two seconds until you hear a beep The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning To scan preset stations press and hold ei
254. n tow Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations Is your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you will want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 22 Dinghy Towing You may dinghy tow your vehicle from the front following these steps 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition key to ACC to unlock the steering wheel 3 Shift your transaxle to NEUTRAL N 4 Release the parking brake To prevent the battery from draining while the vehicle is being towed remove the following fuse from the floor console fuse block 8 Ignition Switch PASS Key III See Floor Console Fuse Block on page 5 94 for more information 4 37 Remember to reinstall the fuse once you have reached Dolly Towing your destination Your vehicle cannot be dolly towed but can be dinghy Notice If you exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towed See Dinghy Towing earlier in this section towing your vehicle it could be damaged Never i i exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing your vehicle Notice Dinghy towing your vehicle may cause damage because of reduced ground clearance Always tow your vehicle using the dinghy towing procedure listed in this section or put your vehicle on a flatbed truck Notice Towing your vehicle from the rea
255. n your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions 5 86 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 90 Do not
256. nal towing service Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transaxle Before leaving your vehicle fully press the clutch pedal in move the shift lever into REVERSE R and firmly apply the parking brake Once the shift lever has been placed in REVERSE R with the clutch pedal pressed in you can turn the ignition key to LOCK remove the key and release the clutch See Manual Transaxle Operation on page 2 25 Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if Your exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or exhaust system had been modified improperly A CAUTION If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust Drive it only with all the windows down to parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not blow out any CO and park over papers leaves dry grass or other Have your vehicle fixed immediately things that can burn 2 31 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION
257. nd hold the switch rearward to open the glass panel to the vent position Press and hold the switch rearward a second time to open the sunroof If the sunshade is closed it will open automatically with the sunroof To close the sunroof press the switch forward and hold it until the sunroof is closed The sunroof will stop if the switch is released The sunshade must be closed manually The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure Notice If you force the sunshade forward of the sliding glass panel damage will occur and the sunroof may not open or close properly Always close the glass panel before closing the sunshade Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview eee 3 4 Climate Controls 2 00 00 cece ence tere e eee 3 17 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeneeeee ees 3 6 Climate Control System cceeeeeeeeeeeeee teres 3 17 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment sceninis unrin 3 20 FROM esate rand mend chee cents nag rene dr Leer 3 6 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 20 Tilt Wheel see PEER REESE E 3 6 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 22 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 3 7 Instrument Panel Cluster ccc0cccceeeeeeeeees 3 23 Turn and Lane Change Signals 111s 3 8 Speedometer and Odometer cccccccc
258. nded maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your GM Goodwrench dealer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the tire and loading information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when i
259. ndicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your GM Goodwrench dealer to have a qualified technician do the work Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your GM Goodwrench dealer do these jobs When you go to your GM Goodwrench dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 17 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuin
260. neeeeeeeee eee eeaes 5 83 Competitive Driving Racing or Other 4 17 Content Theft Deterrent eeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 14 Control of a Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee renere 4 6 Convenience Net cceceeeeeeeeeneeeeea eee eeneeaes 2 37 Coolant Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 32 Heater ENGINE 2 css20s icds tee scdesivealsecverses ient 2 22 Surge Tank Pressure Cap ceeceeeeeeeeeeeee 5 29 Cooling SYSTEM aes sscthecce nas nunnia inier seere tered 5 31 Crise COMON corgi enin enn aE ERE i 3 10 CUPHOIJEN S eriola mare SE REE REE NNE Rein 2 37 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation cceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 8 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users sccis 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices eeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 06 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Reporting Safety Defects to General MOtors ecceeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneees 7 16 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 16 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 0 eeeeee 7 16 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeeeee 7 7 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 17 Daytime Running Lamps ceeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 14 Defensive DIVING siiss rel arr reel sne 4 2 Delayed LOCKING emosian irois
261. ng light will come on If the Enhanced Traction System warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than FIRST 1 your vehicle needs service Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Limited Slip Differential Your vehicle may have this feature A limited slip transaxle can give you additional traction on snow mud ice sand or gravel It works like a standard transaxle most of the time but when one of the front wheels loses traction this feature will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle Steering Electric Power Steering If the engine stalls while you are driving the power steering assist system will continue to operate until you are able to stop your vehicle If you lose power steering assist because the electric power steering system is not functioning you can steer but it will take more effort If you turn the steering wheel in either direction several times until it stops or hold the steering wheel in the stopped position for an extended amount of time you may notice a reduced amount of power steering assist The normal amount of power steering assist should return shortly after a few normal steering movements The electric power steering system does not require regular maintenance If you suspect steering system problems and or t
262. ng the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 1 27 Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger Although you cannot see them they are located on the retractor part of the safety belts They help the safety belts reduce a person s forward movement in a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 66 1 28 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer will order you an extender It is free When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Q what is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a
263. nning the Engine While Parked 4 2 32 S Safety Belt Passenger Reminder Light W u sssseserererees 3 25 PretensiOnerS ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 1 28 Reminder Lights cc0ssicce niente re eg 3 24 Safety Belts Carer OF Garnerin cadotmatmoinoniamuacaeess DLG 5 86 Driven Position scere ienn aea E 1 15 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 15 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 14 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 1 25 Rear Seat Passengers cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 22 Right Front Passenger Position 0 1 22 Safety Belt Extender cceeeeeeeeeeeee teens 1 28 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 22 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 0sceeeeeee ees 1 9 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 1 21 Safety Warnings and Symbols ecceeeeeeeeeees iii Scheduled Maintenance ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 4 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster eeeeeeeeeee es 1 3 Easy Entry Seat t cih ccsctcwntaacancsnedcncyeesmecinencoton 1 7 Head Restraints cececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeetenees 1 6 Heated Seats W W sseesevererereeke renerne keen 1 4 Seats cont KUE Te rs erronee EEE 1 2 Manual Lumb ar renees aoe 1 3 Reclining Seatbacks W W GM ssssseeeereeererennnennnen 1 4 Split Folding Rear Seat nccc 1 8 Securing a Child Restraint
264. not been configured properly for your vehicle and must be returned to your GM dealer for service LOCK This message is displayed when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your GM dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer 3 52 Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin playing If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the eject button or the DISP knob As each new track starts to play the track number will appear on the display If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs without an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not
265. not available in defog mode WP Defrost This mode directs most of the air to the windshield with some air directed to the side window outlets and the floor outlets When you select this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor To defrost the windows faster turn the temperature control knob clockwise to the warmest setting Recirculation mode is not available in defrost mode 3 19 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window The rear window defogger will only work when the ignition is in RUN Gy Rear Press the button to turn the rear window defogger on or off Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible An indicator light above the button will come on to let you know that the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defogger will turn off approximately 15 minutes after the button is pressed If turned on again the defogger will only run for approximately seven minutes before turning off If the vehicle is moving faster than 50 mph 80 kph the rear defogger will stay on The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the engine Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to th
266. nt Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the MIN minimum mark you will need to add at least one quart liter of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 102 Notice Do not add too much oil If your engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range your engine could be damaged YZ EA PALA Mobili SAE 5W 30 SAE 5W 30 2 2L L4 Engine and 2 0L L4 Supercharged 2 4L L4 Engine Engine See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use For Vehicles With the 2 2L or 2 4L L4 Engine RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER ello LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER
267. nt of the center console in front of the shift lever There are also cupholders for the rear seat passengers located at the rear of the center console Center Console Storage Area Your vehicle may have a center console armrest with storage area Use the lever on the front of the console to open it Driver s Storage Compartment The drivers storage compartment is located near the left side of the steering column on the bottom of the instrument panel It can be used to store small items and contains the remote trunk release switch For more information see Remote Trunk Release under Trunk on page 2 10 Convenience Net Your vehicle may have a convenience net You will see it inside the back wall of the trunk Put small loads behind the net It can help keep them from falling over during sharp turns or quick starts and stops Unclip a corner of the convenience net to fit larger objects behind the net then reclip it to secure them in place The net is not for larger heavier loads Store them in the trunk as far forward as you can You can unhook the net so that it will lie flat when you are not using it 2 37 Sunroof Your vehicle may be equipped with a power sunroof The switch that operates it is located on the headliner To open or close the sunroof the ignition must be on or turned to ACC or Retained Accessory Power RAP must be active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 20 2 38 Press a
268. ny additional transmitters with you when you go to your dealer The vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in the remote keyless entry transmitter should last about four years You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the battery The KEY FOB BATT LOW message in the vehicle s DIC will display if the remote keyless entry transmitter battery is low Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery do the following 1 Insert a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located below the Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm button and pry the front and back apart Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this 3 Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing up Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle Doors and Locks i CAUTION Continued Door Locks Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat
269. o Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing 5 35 Adding Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint 5 36 Brakes Brake Fluid Your brake master cylinder and on manual transaxle vehicles the hydraulic clutch use the same reservoir The reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location MA of the reservoir DOT 3 There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is t
270. of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts Airbags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future But they are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you are in a
271. om the taillamp assembly Disconnect the wiring harness by lifting up on the tab to release and pull it straight out Remove the taillamp from the quarter panel A Sidemarker B Stoplamp Turn Signal Taillamp C Back up Locate the bulb you wish to change Remove the taillamp bulb socket from the assembly by turning it counterclockwise Pull the old bulb out of the socket Install a new bulb Reverse Steps 1 through 6 to reinstall the taillamp assembly 5 51 Back Up Lamps To replace a back up lamp bulb do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 10 for more information 2 Locate the back up lamp bulb assembly in the 3 trunk lid Remove the bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise On vehicles that have a back up lamp cover first remove it by depressing the tab at the top 4 Pull out the old bulb 5 Install a new bulb 6 Reinstall the bulb socket by aligning the tabs and turning it clockwise to secure 5 52 Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamps Bulb Number Back Up Lamps Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Front Parking Turn Signal Lamps 3157KX 9007 LL Halogen Headlamps High Low Beam Stoplamp Taillamp and Turn Signal Lamps 3057KX For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for
272. on causing the radio to perform that function or by waiting five seconds for the display to return to the default display Then press and hold the balance fade button for more than two seconds until you hear a beep ALL CENTERED will appear on the display 3 58 Finding a Program Type PTY Station RDS and XM To select and find a desired PTY perform the following 1 Press the P TYPE button to activate program type select mode PTY and a program type will appear on the display Turn the ADJ knob to select a PTY Once the desired PTY is displayed press the SEEK left arrow to select the PTY and to take you to the PTY s first station To go to another station within that PTY press the SEEK left arrow again If the radio cannot find the desired PTY NONE FOUND will appear on the display and the radio will return to the last station you were listening to After 15 seconds of inactivity or if the P TYPE button is pressed again the radio will exit program type select mode RDS Messages ALERT Alert warns of local or national emergencies When an alert announcement comes on the current radio station ALERT will appear on the display You will hear the announcement even if the volume is low or a CD is playing If a CD is playing play will stop during the announcement Alert announcements cannot be turned off ALERT will not be affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system This feature is not supported b
273. on select BAL or FADE Then press and hold the balance fade button for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To adjust the speaker controls to the middle position first end out of balance and fade by pressing another button causing the radio to perform that function or by waiting five seconds for the display to return to the default display Then press and hold the balance fade button for more than two seconds until you hear a beep ALL CENTERED will appear on the display 3 68 Finding a Program Type PTY Station RDS and XM To select and find a desired PTY perform the following 1 Press the P TYPE button to activate program type select mode PTY and a program type will appear on the display 2 Turn the ADJ knob to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY is displayed press the SEEK left arrow to select the PTY and to take you to the PTY s first station 4 To go to another station within that PTY press the SEEK left arrow again If the radio cannot find the desired PTY NONE FOUND will appear on the display and the radio will return to the last station you were listening to After 15 seconds of inactivity or if the P TYPE button is pressed again the radio will exit program type select mode RDS Messages ALERT Alert warns of local or national emergencies When an alert announcement comes on the current radio station ALERT will appear on the disp
274. oo much gasoline Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for about three seconds If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing but this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty 2 21 Engine Coolant Heater Your vehicle may be equipped with an engine coolant heater In very cold weather 0 F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required Your vehicle may also have an internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord This will prevent operation of the engine coolant heater when the temperature is at or above 0 F 18 C as noted on the cord To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord For the 2 2L and 2 4L
275. ors Rear Seat Each rear seating position has two exposed metal lower anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on the trim cover The top tether anchors are located under the trim covers on the rear seatback filler panel Pull open the trim cover to access the anchor Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Do not secure a child restraint in the right front passenger s position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 for additional information 1 43 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that
276. oth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles 5 84 Your GM dealer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your GM dealer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as napt
277. ou lose control See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 9 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes but unless you have anti
278. ove the fill neck pressure cap when the intercooler system including the upper intercooler hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one quarter of a turn If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will allow any remaining pressure to be vented Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it Add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture to the fill neck until there is coolant visible in the horizontal tube section of the fill neck With the fill neck pressure cap off start the engine and let it run for at least 30 seconds Watch out for the engine cooling fan Turn the engine off By this time the coolant level inside the fill neck may be lower If the level drops so that coolant is no longer visible in the horizontal tube section of the fill neck add more of the DEX COOL coolant mixture to the fill neck until the level is again visible in the horizontal tube section Replace the intercooler system pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated If the coolant is not at the proper level when the system cools down again see your dealer Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Ove
279. p your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving 3 48 Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Get familiar with your vehicle s audio system so you can use it with less effort and take full advantage of its features Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if equipped Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Notice The chime signals related to seat belts parking brake
280. p over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Head Restraints Press the button on the side of the head restraint to adjust it Adjust your head restraint so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of your head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash 1 6 Easy Entry Seat Coupe A CAUTION If the easy entry right front seat is not locked it can move In a sudden stop or crash the person sitting there could be injured After you have used it be sure to push rearward on an easy entry seat to be sure it is locked A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked The front passenger seat can be used to easily get in and out of the rear seat To use the easy entry seat do the following Push down the easy entry seat handle located on the rear of the seatback on the outboard side to release the seatback Tilt the seatback forward completely while pushing the seat forward Move the seatback to its original position after someone gets into the rear seat area Make sure the seatbac
281. passenger it is located in the ceiling above the side windows 1 56 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the bag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering And if your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags never secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by routing the rope or tiedown through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating side impact airbag will be blocked The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear When Should an Airbag Inflate The drivers and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows
282. perly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 32 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed A CAUTION or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the Things that burn can get on hot engine parts inside of the fill opening before operating and start a fire These include liquids like fuel the nozzle Contact should be maintained oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and until the filling is complete other fluids and plastic or rubber You or e Do not smoke while pumping gasoline others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the interior hood release lever with this sy
283. play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 3 81 later in this section If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen instead Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section 14 Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 2 Fast Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 5A Random Press this pushbutton to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order T and RDM will appear on the display Press RDM again to turn off random play OFF will a
284. positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if the top tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has a right front passenger s airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 In addition your vehicle may have the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing
285. ppear on the display 6 Repeat Press this pushbutton once to hear a track over again RPT will appear on the display The current track will continue to repeat Press RPT again to turn off repeat play OFF will appear on the display K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if it has been playing for more than eight seconds Press the right arrow to go to the next track The track number will appear on the display If either arrow is pressed more than once the player will continue moving backward or forward through the CD If either arrow is held for more then two seconds the CD will enter CD scan mode and the CD will play the first 10 seconds of each track Press this button again to stop scanning 3 53 DISP Display Press this knob to see the current track number or the elapsed time of the track To change the default on the display press this knob until you see the display you want then hold the knob for two seconds You will hear a beep and the selected display will now be the default BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening CD Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio A Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject may be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs may be loaded with the ignition and radio off if this button is pressed f
286. quipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel Used Replacement Wheels nuts for your vehicle Z CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 71 for more information Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement 5 69 Tire Chains A CAUTION If your vehicle has 205 55R16 P205 55R16 P205 50R17 or 215 45R18 size tires do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your
287. r TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 61 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines 5 57 Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S ELT B CDE F A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association A tire size without the letter P as th
288. r Console Fuse Block n 5 94 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 006 5 96 Capacities and Specifications 5 102 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your dealer for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E parts GM Goodwrench E Accessories Accessories and Modifications When you add non GM accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defe
289. r additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have an ashtray and cigarette lighter To use the lighter located on the instrument panel below the climate controls push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating To clean the center console ashtray remove the entire ashtray and empty it Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possib
290. r and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT General Motors recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 32 If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to
291. r could damage it Also repairs would not be covered by the warranty Never have your vehicle towed from the rear 4 38 Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment If your vehicle is not equipped as stated above do not tow a trailer To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That is the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before
292. r dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn t be covered by your warranty Some add on elecirical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 64 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses Should your headlamps fail to function have your headlamp system checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Fuses in the fuse block protect the power windows When the current load is too heavy the fuse opens protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fu
293. r driver when in Chevrolet s judgement the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Chevrolet reserves the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification 7 8 Canadian Roadside Assistance Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive roadside assistance program accessible from anywhere in Canada or the United States Please refer to the Warranty and Owner Assistance Information book Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to customers in conjunction with the Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Several transportation options are available when warranty repairs are required This will reduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service you should contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it
294. r for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Chevrolet refer to the addresses below United States Customer Assistance Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33170 Detroit MI 48232 5170 www Chevrolet com 1 800 222 1020 1 800 833 2438 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 CHEV USA 243 8872 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible af
295. r steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing you were trying to avoid or into traffic If you do not have anti lock brakes use a squeeze braking technique This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control You can do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This will help you retain steering control If you do have anti lock brakes it is different See Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 7 In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Enhanced Traction System ETS Your vehicle may have an Enhanced Traction System ETS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system reduces engine power and may also upshift the transaxle to limit wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal A LOW TRACTION message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC when the traction control system is actively limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if this message is
296. r the rear axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 5 59 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some lig
297. r this feature to work automatic lighting must be enabled See Headlamps on page 3 13 for additional information When the ignition is turned off the wiper activated headlamps will immediately turn off They will also turn off 15 seconds after the windshield wiper control is turned off Headlamps on Reminder If you open the driver s door with the ignition off and the lamps on you will hear a warning chime Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel Make sure it is not covered or the head lamps will be on when not needed The DRL system will make your front turn signal lamps come on when the following conditions are met The ignition is on The exterior lamps control is in AUTO or the parking lamps only position The light sensor detects daytime light The parking brake is released When the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps parking lamps and instrument panel lights will not be illuminated unless you have turned the exterior lamps control to the parking lamp position As with any vehicle you should turn on the
298. r to lock 22D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See the wheel in place Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 3 8 e Exterior Lamp Control See Headlamps on page 3 13 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change just raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 93 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal lever away from you When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever tow
299. rder Press and release this pushbutton again to turn off random play RANDOM OFF will appear on the display 6 Repeat Press this pushbutton once to hear a track over again TRACK REPEAT ON or FLDR REPEAT ON and the repeat symbol will appear on the display The current track will continue to repeat Turn the ADJ knob while in repeat to take you to the previous or next track Press RPT again to turn off repeat play REPEAT OFF will appear on the display K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the previous track Press the right arrow to go to the start of the next track To scan tracks press either arrow for more than two seconds to enter CD scan mode The CD will play the first 10 seconds of each track Press either arrow again to stop scanning ADJ Adjust Turn this knob to go to the previous or next track s Stop turning this knob to play the track DISP Display Press this knob to switch between track and name folder and name and the elapsed time of the track The display will show only eight characters but there can be up to four pages of text If there are more than eight characters in the song folder or playlist name pressing this knob within two seconds will take you to the next page of text If there are no other pages to be shown pressing this knob within two seconds will take you to the next display mode 3 77 To change the default on the display press the DISP knob until you
300. re not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them CAUTION Continued 1 52 CAUTION Continued Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Roof mounted side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION Both frontal and side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you Safety belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with frontal air
301. re wheel 8 Remove all of the wheel nuts 10 Place the compact spare tire on the wheel mounting surface 5 78 A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts If you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel could fall off causing a serious accident nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 102 for wheel nut torque specification 11 Reinstall the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub 12 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 5 79 Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead Storing a Flat or Spare Tire to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel and Tools nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 102 for the wheel nut i torque specification ZN CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehic
302. reful when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 54 4 20 City Driving vw Be ee poh a ATE a P TT gt ac SER MEFR JE Evan a Tl E z ENN Ai ZE lt lt SNES AIP SW eS A Fag pat Fe ZIPS Eg j y ZIA f One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving Freeway Driving Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 4 21 Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light Mile for mile freeways also called thruw
303. regular headlamp system when you need it Fog Lamps 0 The ignition must be on to turn your fog lamps on The fog lamp button is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel Push the button to turn the fog lamps on An indicator light on the cluster will come on when the fog lamps are on Push the button again to turn the fog lamps off The parking lamps will automatically turn on and off when the fog lamps are turned on and off The fog lamps will turn off while the high beam headlamps are turned on Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness The control for this feature is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel Turn the knob clockwise to brighten the lights or counterclockwise to dim them Dome Lamp Your vehicle may have a dome lamp O Off Move the lever to this position to turn the lamp off even when a door is opened Door Move the lever to this position to turn the lamp on whenever a door is opened NS On Move the lever to this position to turn the dome lamp on 3 15 Entry Exit Lighting The lamps inside your vehicle will go on when you open any door These lamps will fade out after about 20 seconds after all of the doors have been closed or when the ignition is turned on These lamps will also go on when you press the trunk release unlock symbol button or the hor
304. rent cruise control session Press the cruise control on off button to turn the system completely off Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is erased Headlamps The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp switch has the following four positions ZD Headlamps This position turns on the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps 00 Parking Lamps This position turns on the parking lamps and taillamps only AUTO Automatic Headlamp System This position automatically turns on the Daytime Running Lamps during daytime and the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps at night This position must be selected in order for the Wiper Activated Headlamps to be activated See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 3 14 O Off On This position is the momentary Off On switch for the Automatic Headlamp System In Canada this only works when a vehicle with an automatic transaxle is in PARK P When operating in AUTO a momentary turn of the switch to off on will turn off the Automatic Headlamp System Rotating the switch to off on again will turn the Automatic Headlamp System back on The Automatic Headlamp System is always turned on at the beginning of an ignition cycle 3 13 Wiper Activated Headlamps This feature activates the headlamps and parking lamps after the windshield wipers are turned on Fo
305. repeat play REPEAT OFF will appear on the display K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if it has been playing for more than eight seconds Press the right arrow to go to the next track The track number will appear on the display If either arrow is pressed more than once the player will continue moving backward or forward through the CD If either arrow is held for more then two seconds the CD will enter CD scan mode and the CD will play the first 10 seconds of each track Press this button again to stop scanning DISP Display Press this knob to see how long the current track has been playing TRACK the track number and the elapsed time of the track will appear on the display To change the default on the display time or elapsed time press this knob until you see the display you want then hold the knob for two seconds The radio will produce one beep and the selected display will now be the default AUTO EQ Automatic Equalization Press this button to select the desired equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization will be automatically recalled whenever a CD is played For more information see AUTO EQ listed previously in this section BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening SRCE Source Press this button to play a CD or to access a remote device if installed when
306. ries you may need to be towed out If you do need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 36 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 4 31 Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label either attached above the door lock post for a two door vehicle or below the door lock post for a four door vehicle The tire and loading information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds 4 32 The Tire and Loading Information label also show
307. right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If you have the Enhanced Traction System ETS remember It helps to avoid only the acceleration skid See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 9 If you do not have the Enhanced Traction System or if the system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go
308. right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision So here are some tips for passing Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic 4 14 Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but st
309. rmation regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the tire and loading information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry 5 61 When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 83 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valv
310. roposition 65 Warning W 1 5 3 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 0008 5 29 Doing Your Own Service Work 0seeeeeee eee 5 4 Engine Overheating csceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 29 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle 5 5 Cooling System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeees 5 31 PUG n ee tone ASSER SENE TELENOR 5 5 Windshield Washer Fluid 2 5 35 Gasoline OCtANG eee 5 5 BRAKEOS eroa aeea Dana ods amaeeerttacdbaadescaned 5 36 Gasoline Specifications sc 5 6 Battery OO 5 39 California Fuel sctccscoreronahegeetanctcsente cian 5 6 Jump Starting eee eee 5 40 AGGIIVES voratnt testa te Bdge andl rl kee cee 5 6 Headlamp Aiming ccceeeeeeenee eee ee nents 5 44 Fuels in Foreign Countries 1 seks 5 7 Bulb Replacement css 5 47 Filling the Tank seesteeerereeeeseneeeeeetees 5 8 Halogen BUIbS 22 22220 sser erne rr rener rer 5 47 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 1 1 1 1 1 5 10 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 and Parking Lamps eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 48 HOOd Release se orakel 5 11 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 49 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps Coupe 5 50 Engine Qil order aE EEN 5 15 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Engine Oil Life System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 20 Back up Lamps Sedan
311. rview on page 5 12 for more information on location Engine Overheating You will find an engine coolant temperature warning light on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 32 for more information If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty 5 29 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An engine coolant temperature warning can indicate a serious problem See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 32 If you get an engine coolant temperature warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving Idle for long periods in traffic Tow a tr
312. ry to check the transaxle fluid level A transaxle fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take your vehicle to the dealership service department and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transaxle fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Manual Transaxle Fluid It is not necessary to check the transaxle fluid level A transaxle fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the dealership service department and have it repaired as soon as possible See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for the proper fluid to use Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting This system does not have its own reservoir It receives fluid from the brake master cylinder reservoir See Brakes on page 5 36 for more information Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extend
313. s badly bent replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to the fender If tightening is required tighten by hand then with a wrench one quarter turn XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception If your vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed 3 81 4 NOTES 3 82 Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee ee 4 2 Drunken Driving sciatic reine senna oser iniaa 4 3 Control of a Vehicle W W sssseeererererenrrnnee 4 6 Brake eres a E dne alee 4 6 Anti Lock Brake System ABS o ae 4 7 Braking in Emergencies u u u ssssserererrer rs 4 9 Enhanced Traction System ETS 4 9 Limited Slip Differential cecceeeeeeeeeenee ee 4 11 SICCHING ceirean iras a En E ERE EEEE 4 11 Off Road Recovery ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeenes 4 13 PASSING eeen e aaa able 4 14 Loss 0f GOmtPoll cdtuciaied ngcseles EREE E EET 4 15 Racing or Other Competitive Driving 4 17 DrivingvatNIQht aar oiee 4 17 Driving in Rain
314. s message is displayed if one or more of the vehicle s doors are not closed properly When this message appears you should make sure that the door is closed completely ENGINE DISABLED This message is displayed if the starting of the engine is disabled Have your vehicle serviced by your GM dealer immediately ENG Engine PWR Power REDUCED This message informs you that the vehicle has reduced engine power to avoid damaging the engine ICE POSSIBLE This message appears when the outside air temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions KEY FOB BATT Battery LOW This message is displayed if the remote keyless entry transmitter battery is low See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 LOW COOLANT If your vehicle has a 2 0L engine this message is displayed when there is a low level of engine coolant Have the cooling system serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 for more information 3 41 LOW FUEL This message is displayed when your vehicle is low on fuel You should refill the fuel tank as soon as possible See Fuel Gage on page 3 36 Filling the Tank on page 5 8 and Fuel on page 5 5 for more information LOW TRACTION This message is displayed when the Enhanced Traction System ETS is actively limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if this message is displayed so adjust your driving accord
315. s on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully Make sure the parking brake is fully released You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 36 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 3 30 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light If your vehicle is equipped with the anti lock brake system the light will come on when your engine is started and may stay on for several seconds That is normal If the light stays on turn the ignition off if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have anti lock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have anti lock brakes and there is a probl
316. s the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 54 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 61 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine
317. s the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system e Maps Do you have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently e If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency 4 23 Hill and Mountain Roads If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and
318. s this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your GM dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light If you have a low engine oil pressure problem this light will stay on after you start your engine or come on when you are driving This indicates that your engine is not receiving enough oil The engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have it fixed immediately The oil light could also come on in three other situations When the ignition is on but the engine is not running the light will come on as a test to show you it is working but the light will go out when you turn the ignition to START
319. safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 800 424 9393 or 366 0123 in the Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the hotline Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa Ontario K1A ON5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you will notify General Motors Please call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 222 1020 or write Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33170 Detroit MI 48232 5170 In Canada please call us at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French Or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Public
320. se you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can There are two fuse blocks in your vehicle the floor console fuse block and the engine compartment fuse block 5 93 Floor Console Fuse Block The floor console fuse block is located on the passenger s side of the floor console under the instrument panel To access the fuse block remove the panel on the side of the console 5 94 Fuses Usage PG Amplifier F8 __ Ignition Switch PASS KE Ik 9 Stoplamp S O Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning PASS Key III 19 Electric Power Steering Steering Wheel Control Empty Audio System 24 Sensing and Diagnostic Module Airbag 25 Engine Control Module Transmission Control Module Interior Lights Empty C Relays Uso 5 95 Engine Compartment Fuse Block The engine compartment fuse block is located on the driver s side of the vehicle Lift off the cover to check the fuses See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location FOG LP HORN HI LO BEAM CA HI BEAM AH LO BEAM COOL FAN2 COOL FAN1 COOL FAN1 C RH Hi BEAM a z Kral S 2 fal W 5 T z fl u a QO a l 3 oO IP IGN PRK NEUT ECM
321. se Block 6 ceeeeeeeeee ees 5 94 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeeeeeeees 5 93 Headlamp Wiring 0 0 eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 93 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 93 Windshield Wiper Fuses a nns 5 93 Engine Air Cleaner Filter ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 21 Battery donean startled a E SRi 5 39 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 32 Coolant Airs onres eeann ae aS eN 5 23 Coolant Heater cceeeceeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 22 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 32 Engine Compartment Overview 6 eee 5 12 EXHAUST proin pereen ean aae 2 31 Qil iyere ER See SSB eee E Ea EN 5 15 Oil Life System sisiane poari enn nak 5 20 Overheatihgi 42233 teter ecserin at enini 5 29 Stanin kane aea aO e E NEES 2 20 Enhanced Traction System ETS eseeeeee ee 4 9 Warming Eight sciccicetsecativanideaahensatndicedacetneetnd 3 31 Entry Exit LORUN ieren hed 3 16 Event Data Recorders EDR eeeeeeeees 7 11 Extender Safety Belt c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 28 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een ees 5 21 FINISH DAMAGE pnsan onime 5 89 Fixed Mast Antenna ceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee een ees 3 81 Flash to Pass ilangi selene ccedaees 3 8 Flat Drenai na R 5 70 Flat Tire Changing 4 20 Avenida anean 5 71 Flat Tire Storing ccccceecececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5
322. se handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located on the inside of the trunk lid of your vehicle This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle and push the trunk lid open from the inside to open the trunk Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Manual Windows If your vehicle has manual windows use the window crank to open and close each window Power Windows Sedan Shown Coupe Similar If your vehicle has power windows the switches on the driver s door armrest control each of the windows In addition each passenger s door has a window switch that controls that door s window Press the front of the switch to open the window Pull the front of the switch up to close it Express Down Window The driver s window switch has an express down feature which allows the window to be lowered fully without continuously pressing the switch This switch is labeled AUTO Press the front of the switch to the first position and the drivers window will op
323. should always sound the same to you as you drive AUTO VOL NONE will appear on the display if the radio cannot determine the vehicle speed or if the engine is not running To turn automatic volume off press this button until AUTO VOL OFF appears on the display DISP Display When the ignition is off press this knob to display the time 3 56 For RDS press the DISP knob to change what appears on the display The display options are station name RDS station frequency PTY and the name of the program if available For XMIM if equipped press the DISP knob while in XMIM mode to retrieve four different categories of information related to the current song or channel Artist Song Title Category or PTY Channel Number Channel Name To change the default on the display press the DISP knob until you see the display you want then hold the knob for two seconds The radio will produce a beep and the selected display will now be the default Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped The display will show the selection ADJ Adjust Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or the left arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for two seconds until you hear a beep The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Press either
324. sing a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard If none of this works then your vehicle needs service O LOCK This position locks your steering column It is a theft deterrent feature You will only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK If you have an automatic transaxle the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK unless the shift lever is in PARK P If you have a manual transaxle the ignition switch can be turned to LOCK in any shift lever position A CAUTION If you have a manual transaxle removing the key from the ignition switch will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key to ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position operates some of your electrical accessories It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition RUN This is the position the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch The switch stays in the RUN position when the engine is running But even when the ignition is not running you can use RUN to operate your electrical accessories and to display some warning and indicator lights Q START This posit
325. speed rating as your original equipment tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W and ZR speed rated tires If you choose winter tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability 5 55 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall y Bayo exme co X v S LS Nouv oge wo Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 5 56 B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines If your vehicle has 205 55R16 size tires they meet the GM TPC Spec rating but the TPC Spec code has not been molded onto the tire s sidewall C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number
326. st slide Brake so your wheels always keep rolling and you can still steer Whatever your braking system allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a Curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers 4 28 If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be ina serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe Turn on your hazard flashers Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful A CAUTION
327. step no wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Quickly and easily i removes spots and stains Spot Lifter from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Wash Wax Concentrate Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver s side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration 5 91 Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code will help you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label You will find this label in the trunk on the driver side near the spare tire cover It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts On this label you will find the following e VIN Model designation Paint information Production options and special equipment Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle 5 92 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Don t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with you
328. t state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 34 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant ina rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured in appropriate child restraints An infant car bed A a special bed made for use in a motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center
329. t Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If an Accident Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in an accident Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you
330. t any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any remote keyless entry system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 If you are still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry System Operation If your vehicle has this feature the vehicle s doors can be locked and unlocked and the trunk can be unlocked from about 3 feet 1 m up to 60 feet 18 m away
331. t get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer check your cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information Checking Coolant The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line 5 25 Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper
332. t lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle then you will be able to pull the shift lever out of PARK P 2 29 Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in PARK P with the shift lever button fully released and Prevent movement of the shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in a position other than LOCK The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of a an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If your vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 40 for more information To shift out of PARK P use the following sequence 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Then press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position 2 30 If you still are unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer or a professio
333. tains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action 4 25 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving Have your vehicle in good shape for winter You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 5 54 4 26 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand
334. tart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 5 71 When you have a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks FS a The following information will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire 5 72 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is located in the trunk Base Models 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 10 for more information 2 Lift the trunk liner to access the spare tire and tools Cover Retainer Spare Tire Wing Nut Jack and Wheel Wrench Bolt m mOUO W gt 3 Remove the retainer B that holds down the spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 83 4 Remove the spare tire C by placing your hands at the four and eight o clock positions Gently pull it up and out of the trunk 5 Remove the wing nut D that holds the jack and remove the jack and wheel wrench E 5 73 Uplevel Models 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 10 for more information 2 Lift the trunk liner to access the spare tire and tools 5 74 Retainer Jack and Wheel Wrench Spare Tire Foam Support Bolt mogow
335. tch Similar Both indicator lights will be lit to indicate that the setting is on high Press the side of the switch with the single indicator light to go to the low setting The indicator light will be lit to indicate that the setting is on low Return the switch to the center to turn off the heated seat If your vehicle has been turned off the last heated seat setting will be retained when the vehicle is started again 1 4 Reclining Seatbacks ae Your vehicle has reclining seatbacks The lever is located on the outboard side of the seats Lift the lever to release the seatback Move the seatback to where you want it and release the lever to lock the seatback in place Press rearward on the seatback to be sure it is locked into place Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go u
336. te and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 28 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to Koa uN dfe DA G Son hy 5 Move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment on page 1 21 AG N Seo S i i SET SA i Af The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 6 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor
337. termarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program As the owner of a new Chevrolet vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance program This value added service is intended to provide you with peace of mind as you drive in the city or travel the open road Call Chevrolet s Roadside Assistance at 1 800 CHEV USA 1 800 243 8872 24 hours a day 365 days a year to speak with a Chevrolet Roadside Assistance representative We will provide the following services during the Bumper to Bumper warranty period at no expense to you Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel 5 maximum for the customer to get to the nearest service station Lock out Service identification required Replacement keys or locksmith service will be covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle Delivery of the replacement key will be covered within 10 miles 16 km Emergency Tow Tow to the nearest dealership
338. the jack and road wheel using the larger plastic retainer The compact spare tire is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare with a full size tire as soon as possible OnmooOw gt D Uplevel Model 5 82 Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and c
339. them by backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts If you do not your brakes may no longer work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery Your vehicle s battery is located in the trunk You do not need to access the battery to jump start your vehicle See Jump Starting on page 5 40 Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling 5 39 Vehicle Storage If you are not goin
340. ther arrow for more than four seconds until you hear two beeps The radio will go to the first preset station stored on the pushbuttons play for a few seconds then go on to the next preset station Press either arrow again to stop scanning presets The radio will only seek and scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until you hear a beep Whenever that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set will return 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Setting the Tone Bass Treble EQ Tone To adjust the bass or the treble press and release the EQ button until BASS or TREB appears on the display Turn the ADJ knob to increase or to decrease The display will show the bass or treble level If a station is weak or noisy decrease the treble To adjust bass or treble to the middle position select BASS or TREB Then press and hold the EQ button for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To adjust the tone controls to the middle position first end out of tone by pressing another button causing the radio to perform that f
341. there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a
342. tions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has a fixed head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the head restraint If the position you are using has a fixed or adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the head restraint 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 1 45 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 46 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is
343. tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 When rotating your tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 102 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 71 5 63 When It Is Time for New Tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewal
344. ton once to hear a track over again REPEAT ON and the repeat symbol will appear on the display The current track will continue to repeat Turn the ADJ knob while in repeat to take you to the previous or next track Press RPT again to turn off repeat play REPEAT OFF will appear on the display K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if it has been playing for more than eight seconds Press the right arrow to go to the next track The track number will appear on the display If either arrow is pressed more than once the player will continue moving backward or forward through the CD If either arrow is held for more then two seconds the CD will enter CD scan mode and the CD will play the first 10 seconds of each track Press this button again to stop scanning ADJ Adjust Turn this knob to go to the previous or next track s Stop turning this knob to play the track DISP Display Press this knob to see how long the current track has been playing TRACK the track number and the elapsed time of the track will appear on the display To change the default on the display time or elapsed time press this knob until you see the display you want then hold the knob for two seconds The radio will produce one beep and the selected display will now be the default MSG Message Press this button to display the text on commercially recorded CDs if available AUTO EQ Automatic Equalizatio
345. trument panel in front of the right front passenger For vehicles with side impact airbags there are also airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows 1 58 How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle The airbag supplements the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Side impact airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including many frontal or near frontal collisions and rear impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward those airbags Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions for side impact airbags What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After a frontal airbag inflates it quickly deflates so quickly that some peopl
346. ts of NLGI 2 Manual DEXRON III Automatic Categor LB or GC LE Transaxle Transmission Fluid Look for Hood Latch 4 ification Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol ees Bee a neering Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 Latch Pivots in Canada 992723 or lubricant Bsr Spring Anchor meeting requirements of NLGI 2 ransaxe Manual Transmission Fluid and Category LB or GC LB 2 0L L4 Supercharged engine Hood and Door Ml pE PRS ET ang Supetbe Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic Hinges in Canada 10953474 i Transaxle Transmission Fluid Dielectric Silicone Grease Kev Lock Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Weatherstrip GM Part No U S 12345579 Culinders GM Part No U S 12346241 Conditioning in Canada 992887 i y in Canada 10953474 Part No 21018899 Release Pawl Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ACDelco Part AZO PraSEG BEN PERST 106 CF125 Driver s Side 22 inches S6 seas J Passengers Side 17 inches a8 wasesa O O Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be
347. ts the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If you have a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in your vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity If you are using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After you have loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You will find these numbers on the Tire Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 Then be sure you do not go over the GVW limit for your vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue 4 41 Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons wh
348. ty book please see the GM Performance Parts website or catalog and contact the race sanctioning bodies for example Sports Car Club of America SCCA or Grand American for parts and equipment required for racing or other competitive driving Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving Drive defensively Do not drink and drive Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles e Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e In remote areas watch for animals If you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but t
349. u are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They re a big help Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel is left in the tank and many other things you will need to drive safely and economically United States SS Cluster shown Canada and Base similar 3 23 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center You can set a Trip A and Trip B odometer See Trip Information under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Simply open the driver s door and the mileage will be displayed briefly If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the correct mileage total of the old odometer Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice If you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not
350. u can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transaxle into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transaxle You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 2 28 When you are ready to drive move the shif
351. u do not want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution A CAUTION If you let your tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transaxle or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer Notice Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting your transaxle back and forth you can destroy your transaxle See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 31 For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 70 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn your steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transaxle between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear By slowly spinning your wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get you out after a few t
352. ume x Mute Press this button to silence the system Press this button again or any other radio button to turn the sound on Mute is unavailable when OnStar if equipped is active SRCE Source Press this button to switch between listening to the radio and a CD The inactive CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening Radio Reception You may experience frequency interference and static during normal radio reception if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet 3 80 AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations will boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio FM Stereo FM stereo will give the best sound but FM signals will reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast
353. unction or by waiting five seconds for the display to return to the default display Then press and hold the EQ button for more than two seconds until you hear a beep CEN will appear on the display Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade d Balance Fade To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press and release the balance fade button until BAL appears on the display Then turn the ADJ knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers press and release the balance fade button until FADE appears on the display Then turn the ADJ knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers 3 51 To adjust the balance or the fade to the middle position select BAL or FADE Then press and hold the balance fade button for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To adjust the speaker controls to the middle position first end out of balance and fade by pressing another button causing the radio to perform that function or by waiting five seconds for the display to return to the default display Then press and hold the balance fade button for more than two seconds until you hear a beep CEN will appear on the display Radio Messages CAL Calibration The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If CAL appears on the display it means that the radio has
354. unning If they are not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 for more information 2 2L and 2 4L L4 Engines If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank add coolant as follows A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high
355. up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up The gage doesn t go back to empty when you turn off the ignition For your fuel tank capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 102 Boost Gage Canada United States If equipped this gage is located near the driver s side of the instrument panel cluster This gage indicates vacuum during light to moderate throttle and boost under heavier throttle This gage displays the air pressure level in the intake manifold before it enters the engine s combustion chamber This gage is automatically centered at zero every time the ignition is turned to RUN Actual vacuum or boost is displayed from this zero point Changes in ambient pressure such as driving in mountains and changing weather will slightly change the zero reading 3 37 Driver Information Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC display gives you the status of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display driver personalization menu modes and warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the tachometer on the instrument panel cluster The DIC buttons are located to the right of the steering wheel on the instrument panel
356. up the radio Take the vehicle to your GM dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer 3 69 XM Radio Messages Radio Display vig P XL Explicit XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Language Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language XM Updating Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and encryption code no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and after 4 second delay text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail Channel no This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned longer available Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info Artist Name Feature No artist information is available at this time on this channel not available The system is working properly No Title
357. ur vehicle Substitute Engine Oil When adding oil to maintain engine oil level oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M may not be available You can add substitute oil designated SAE 5W 30 with the starburst symbol at all temperatures Substitute oil not meeting GM Standard GM4718M should not be used for an oil change Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to your oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM standards are all you will need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 Change your oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at
358. ur CD Player aiaccine 3 81 Care of Your CDS 262222 overs ubkunsed urdu KEE 3 81 Fixed Mast Antenna a ca 3 81 Radio with CDs arret 3 50 3 55 3 64 Setting the Time for Radios with Radio Data Systems RDS u u u cdseeeeerreree 3 49 Audio System s cont Setting the Time for Radios without Radio Data Systems RDS 0 eeeeeeee 3 49 Theft Deterrent Feature 2 cseeeeeeeeeeee es 3 79 Understanding Radio Reception 0 3 80 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 81 Automatic Door LOCK cceeeeeeeeneeeeeee eee eeeeee 2 9 Automatic Transaxle PUIG EEE ETE E AAEE 5 23 Operation ane inene nnar sidni ienien toen 2 23 BATEN wisictwincicscadnssadianantabngacutowntoanemtauatacatne sate 5 39 Run Down Protection cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 16 Before Leaving on a Long Trip eeeeeeeeee 4 22 BOOSt Gage 2 s sdiscensgnscesaencetatcaeastensiegtvetenbaces 3 37 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS o ae 4 7 Emergencies wccccsvettennsscasetadegededsdavendeenanca sete 4 9 PAlKING ie desis ae eeanacens aE S SEERA 2 27 System Warning Light sirenerne 3 29 Blakes snorren E ko Es 5 36 Braking eirmse a s a A 4 6 Braking in Emergencies cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 9 Break In New Vehicle cccccceseeeeeeeeeeees 2 17 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 47 Back Up Cam pS coronene iei 5 52 Center High Mounted Stoplamp
359. us folder functions will have no function on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio will display ROOT When the CD contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files will be located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons will search playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio will display ROOT Order of Play Tracks will be played in the following order Play will begin from the first track in the first playlist and will continue sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has been played play will continue from the first track of the first folder Play will begin from the first track in the first folder and will continue sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has been played play will continue from the first track of the first playlist When play enters a new folder the display will not automatically show the new folder name unless you have chosen the folder mode as the default display See DISP later in this section for more information The new track name will appear on the display File System and Naming The song name that will be displayed will be the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then t
360. use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 87 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 90 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if th
361. utton for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To adjust the tone controls to the middle position first end out of tone by pressing another button causing the radio to perform that function or by waiting five seconds for the display to return to the default display Then press and hold the EQ button for more than two seconds until you hear a beep ALL CENTERED will appear on the display AUTO EQ Automatic Equalization Press this button to select customized equalization settings designed for country jazz talk pop rock and classical 3 57 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade d Balance Fade To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press and release the balance fade button until BAL appears on the display Then turn the ADJ knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers press and release the balance fade button until FADE appears on the display Then turn the ADJ knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers To adjust the balance or the fade to the middle position select BAL or FADE Then press and hold the balance fade button for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To adjust the speaker controls to the middle position first end out of balance and fade by pressing another butt
362. vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to 4 36 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they ca
363. vented out the discharge hose 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly OPEV and remove it RESERVOIR D EXPANSION 105 kPa 9 S DEX coole CP L N Ouvei gt 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the COLD FILL line on the tank Wait about five minutes then check to see if the level is below the COLD FILL line If the level is below the line add additional coolant to bring the level up to the line Repeat this procedure until the level remains constant at the COLD FILL line for at least five minutes 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower than the COLD FILL line add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the COLD FILL line 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated See your dealer if necessary 2 0L L4 Supercharged Engine If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank you will need to either see your dealer or refer to the Dealer Service Manual for a special coolant service fill procedure to ensure enough coolant is added To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 17 Windshield Washer Fluid What t
364. voir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake clutch system your brakes clutch may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake clutch system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake clutch hydraulic system can damage brake clutch system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 87 5 37 Brake Wear Your vehicle has front disc brakes and may have rear drum brakes or rear disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon your brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair 5 38 Some drivin
365. well or at all Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you will want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You will need more passing distance up ahead when you are towing a trailer And because the vehicle is a good deal longer you will need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to th
366. wireless communications and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency where we can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the car call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors if you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they will get you the help you need A complete OnStar User s Guide and the Terms and Conditions of the OnStar Subscription Service Agreement are included in the vehicle s glove box literature For more information visit www onstar com or www onstar ca Contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or press the OnStar button to speak to an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Terms and conditions of the Subscription Service Agreement can be found at www onstar com or www onstar ca OnStar Services For new vehicles equipped with OnStar the Safe and Sound Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions and Connections Plan to meet your needs For more information press the OnStar button to speak to an advisor 2 35 Safe and Sound Plan Advanced Automatic Collision Notification If Equipped Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Emerg
367. wn Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down If you forget to release your parking brake a chime will sound and a warning light will flash when the parking brake is applied and the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 40 Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving 2 28 Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 4 39 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 4 46 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by holding the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK 4 Remove the key and take it with you If yo
368. wners Canadian ssccacnsiscviccssechnatadtocaesieicendunaes ii Park P SNNN INGO isc 2 serene renerne 2 28 Shifting OUTOF cis as ke HORSE seks intend 2 30 Parking Brake deria reae E E Ed led 2 27 Over Things That Burn irrena anis 2 31 Parking Your Vehicle i cai cccencccseeecsaeetnceedeeetaee ens 2 30 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 26 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 55 3 20 Passenger Sensing System c eeeeeeeeeneee ees 1 60 PASSING oeoa e skeer Ao 4 14 PASS Key MI 5 Ear adr heeh dre dale 2 15 PASS Key III Operation ccccccceeseeeeneeeees 2 16 Power Accessory Outlet s W u sssseesererererenre rener 3 16 Door LOCKS are han ra SEERNE ANES 2 8 Electrical SySteM seesi sons sneen ske erates 5 93 Retained Accessory RAP lecce 2 20 WIndows SE Eee ne Tae Nee A eee aca 2 13 Pretensioners Safety Belt sssseneeereee 1 28 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 9 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts R Racing or Other Competitive Driving RAGIOS riene oie Ea EEEE Care of Your CD Player Care of Your CDS ccccceceeceee eset eN NER Radio with CD ccceeceeeeee eens 3 50 3 55 Setting the Time for Radios with Radio Data Systems RDS Setting the Time for Radios without Radio Data Systems RDS Theft Deterrent ccceceeecececeeeeeee seen eeenee Understanding Reception
369. xhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipmen
370. y all RDS stations MSG Message If the current station has a message MSG will appear on the display Press this button to see the message The message may display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message will appear every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release the MSG button A new group of words will appear on the display after every press of the button Once the complete message has been displayed MSG will disappear from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the MSG button You can view the last message until a new message is received or a different station is tuned to When a message is not available from a station NO MESSAGE will appear on the display Radio Messages CALIBRATE The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If CALIBRATE appears on the display it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your GM dealer for service LOCKED This message is displayed when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your GM dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer 3 59 XM Radio Messages Radio Display vig P XL Explicit XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be b
371. y any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 222 1020 In Canada contact GM of Canada Customer Communication Centre by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield Dealership name and location Vehicle delivery date and present mileage kilometers When contacting Chevrolet please
372. y you will need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you do not seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 31 Dirt and water can also enter the vehicle 4 42 Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Does your trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you will be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Do not try to tap into your vehicle s brake system If you do both brake systems will not work
373. you may be able to restart your engine if you turn it off Your PASS Key Ill system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key Ill system at this time If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Do not exceed 5 000 engine rpm Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 4 39 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 4 46 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn it to four different positions Notice U
374. your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your GM dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage the plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT General Motors recommends against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission
375. your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 61 for inflation pressure adjustment for high speed driving serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 31 CAUTION Continued 5 54 Low Profile Performance Tire If your vehicle has 215 45R18 size tires they are classified as low profile performance tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement You may also notice more road noise with low profile performance tires and that they tend to wear faster Notice If your vehicle has low profile tires they are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires Tire and or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes or sharp edged objects or when sliding into a curb Your GM warranty does not cover this type of damage Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible avoid contact with curbs potholes and other road hazards For cold weather driving conditions you may prefer to get tires designed for snow or ice See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection Also see Buying New Tires on page 5 64 If you choose to use winter tires Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions Use only radial ply tires of the same size load range and
376. ystem can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 90 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Interior and exterior polishing cloth Removes tar road oil and asphalt Use on chrome or stainless steel Removes soil and black marks from whitewalls Description Polishing Cloth Wax Treated Tar and Road Oil Remover Chrome Cleaner and Polish White Sidewall Tire Cleaner Vinyl Cleaner Glass Cleaner Chrome and Wire Wheel Cleaner Finish Enhancer Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on wipe off Description Usae Removes swirl marks fine Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface contamination Cleaner Wax Removes light scratches and protects finish Cleans shines and aN Tire Shine Low protects in one easy

Chevrolet colbat Offroad Vehicle User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents